call reestablishment(ran16.0 02)

WCDMA RAN

Call Reestablishment FeatureParameter Description

Issue 02

Date 2014-09-15

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior writtenconsent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders. NoticeThe purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and thecustomer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within thepurchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representationsof any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in thepreparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, andrecommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.Address: Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, LonggangShenzhen 518129People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com

Email: [email protected]

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

http://www.huawei.com

mailto:[email protected]

Contents

1 About This Document..................................................................................................................11.1 Scope..............................................................................................................................................................................11.2 Intended Audience..........................................................................................................................................................11.3 Change History...............................................................................................................................................................11.4 Differences Between Base Station Types.......................................................................................................................4

2 Overview.........................................................................................................................................62.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................................................62.2 Benefits...........................................................................................................................................................................62.3 Architecture....................................................................................................................................................................6

3 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization..........................................................................................123.1 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization Detection..............................................................................................................123.1.1 Detection Principle....................................................................................................................................................123.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by an RL Out-of-Synchronization Problem......................................133.2 Call Reestablishment....................................................................................................................................................143.2.1 Triggering..................................................................................................................................................................153.2.2 Implementation..........................................................................................................................................................173.2.3 CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH Reconfiguration and Reestablishment........................................................................19

4 SRB Reset......................................................................................................................................214.1 SRB Reset Detection....................................................................................................................................................214.1.1 Detection Principle....................................................................................................................................................214.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by an SRB Reset...............................................................................214.2 Call Reestablishment....................................................................................................................................................234.2.1 Triggering..................................................................................................................................................................234.2.2 Implementation..........................................................................................................................................................24

5 TRB Reset......................................................................................................................................255.1 TRB Reset Detection....................................................................................................................................................255.1.1 Detection Principle....................................................................................................................................................255.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by a TRB Reset.................................................................................255.2 Call Reestablishment....................................................................................................................................................265.2.1 Triggering..................................................................................................................................................................265.2.2 Implementation..........................................................................................................................................................26

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description Contents


ii

5.2.3 CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH Reconfiguration and Reestablishment........................................................................27

6 Air-Interface Process Timeout..................................................................................................286.1 Air-Interface Process Timeout Detection.....................................................................................................................286.1.1 Radio Bearer Setup Timeout.....................................................................................................................................286.1.2 Radio Bearer Release Timeout of PS Services..........................................................................................................336.1.3 Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Timeout....................................................................................................................366.1.4 Physical Channel Reconfiguration Timeout..............................................................................................................386.1.5 Security Mode Setup Timeout...................................................................................................................................396.2 Call Reestablishment....................................................................................................................................................41

7 Air-interface Process Overlap...................................................................................................427.1 Air-Interface Process Overlap Detection......................................................................................................................427.2 Call Reestablishment....................................................................................................................................................48

8 Related Features...........................................................................................................................498.1 Prerequisite Features.....................................................................................................................................................498.2 Mutually Exclusive Features........................................................................................................................................498.3 Impacted Features.........................................................................................................................................................49

9 Network Impact...........................................................................................................................509.1 System Capacity...........................................................................................................................................................509.2 Network Performance...................................................................................................................................................50

10 Engineering Guidelines...........................................................................................................5210.1 When to Use Call Reestablishment............................................................................................................................5210.2 Required Information.................................................................................................................................................5210.3 Planning......................................................................................................................................................................5310.4 Deployment................................................................................................................................................................5310.4.1 Requirements...........................................................................................................................................................5310.4.2 Data Preparation......................................................................................................................................................5310.4.3 Activation................................................................................................................................................................5910.4.4 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................6610.4.5 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................6610.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................7110.6 Parameter Optimization..............................................................................................................................................7310.7 Troubleshooting..........................................................................................................................................................74

11 Parameters...................................................................................................................................75

12 Counters....................................................................................................................................232

13 Glossary.....................................................................................................................................234

14 Reference Documents.............................................................................................................235

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description Contents


iii

1 About This Document

1.1 ScopeThis document describes the WRFD-140103 Call Reestablishment, including its technicalprinciples, related features, network impact, and engineering guidelines.

This document applies to the following NE types.

NE Type NE Model

RNC BSC6900, BSC6910

NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,BTS3900L, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, BTS3900C3800 series macro base stations: DBS3800, BTS3812E,BTS3812AE

Micro BTS3803E, BTS3902E

LampSite DBS3900 LampSite

1.2 Intended AudienceThis document is intended for personnel who:

l Need to understand the features described herein

l Work with Huawei products

1.3 Change HistoryThis section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There aretwo types of changes, which are defined as follows:

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document


1

l Feature changeChanges in features of a specific product version

l Editorial changeChanges in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier version

RAN16.0 02 (2014-09-15)This issue includes the following changes.

ChangeType

Change Description Parameter Change

Featurechange

Added the CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCHreconfiguration and reestablishment function.For details, see the following sections:l 3.2.3 CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH

Reconfiguration and Reestablishmentl 5.2.3 CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH

Reconfiguration and Reestablishmentl 10.4.3 Activation

AddedRESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT19 to theRsvSwitch10(BSC6900,BSC6910)parameter.

Added technical descriptions of the scenariowhere the RNC receives an SRNS CONTEXTREQUEST message during the callreestablishment procedure. For details, see 7.2Call Reestablishment.

Added the followingparameters:l RsvSwitch10

(BSC6900,BSC6910):RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT12

l RsvSwitch10(BSC6900,BSC6910):RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT11

Editorialchange

None None

RAN16.0 01 (2014-04-30)This issue includes the following changes.

ChangeType


Featurechange

None None



2

ChangeType


Editorialchange

Optimized descriptions in thefollowing sections:l 3.2.2 Implementationl 10.2 Required Information

None

Optimized figures in chapter 6Air-Interface Process Timeout.

None

Deleted descriptions about thescenario 2 in section 7.1 Air-Interface Process OverlapDetection.

None

Optimized descriptions of MMLCommand Example in section10.4.3 Activation.

None

RAN16.0 Draft A (2014-01-20)Compared with Issue 03 (2013-09-30) of RAN15.0, Draft A (2014-01-20) of RAN16.0 includesthe following changes.

ChangeType


Featurechange

Added the method of monitoringthe number of CS RABs that arereleased due to callreestablishments. For details, seesection Number of Released CSRABs.

Added the StatisticTmrAfterRlReEst(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.

Added the restriction that UEswith certain parameter settings areprohibited from reestablishingservices on the FACH. For details,see section "2.3 Architecture."

Added the following switch andparameter:l SpecUserFunctionSwitch4

(BSC6900,BSC6910):SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION

l TAC_FUNC(BSC6900,BSC6910)



3

ChangeType


Optimized the callreestablishment triggered bytimeout of the radio bearer (RB)setup process. For details, seesection "6.1.1 Radio BearerSetup Timeout."

Added the following switch andparameter:l OptimizationSwitch4

(BSC6900,BSC6910):ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH

l RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Optimized the callreestablishment triggered bytimeout of the RB reconfigurationprocess. For details, see section"6.1.3 Radio BearerReconfiguration Timeout."

Added the following switches:l OptimizationSwitch4

(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_OPT_SWITCH

l OptimizationSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_RLREEST_UM_TRB_OPT_SWITCH

This feature can be batch activatedusing the CME. For details, seesection Using the CME (Method1).

None

Editorialchange

None None

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

Feature Support by Macro, Micro, and LampSite Base StationsFeatureID

Description

Supported byController(Y/N/NA)

Supported byMacro(Y/N/NA)

Supported by Micro(Y/N/NA)

LampSite

BSC6900

BSC6910

BTS3803E

BTS3902E

WRFD-140103

CallReestablishment

Y Y Y Y Y Y

NOTE

Y indicates that a feature is supported; N indicates that a feature is not supported; NA indicates that an NE isnot involved, that is, a feature does not require the support of the NE.



4

The features described in this document are implemented in the same way on macro, micro, andLampSite base stations.



5

2 Overview

2.1 IntroductionCall reestablishment is a function by which radio links (RLs) are reestablished when a serviceinterruption or an access failure occurs in temporary coverage holes and in tunnels, elevators,and buildings that cause significant signal quality fluctuation.

Call reestablishment can be initiated by a UE or the RAN.

l Call reestablishment initiated by a UE: The UE sends a call reestablishment request to thenetwork to restore services upon detecting a downlink RL out-of-synchronization problemor a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset.

l Call reestablishment initiated by the RAN: After the RAN detects a service interruption oran access failure (possibly due to a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset or an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem) before the UE does, the RAN stops the UE's downlink RLsets to enable the UE to detect downlink RL out-of-synchronization problem as soon aspossible. Upon detecting a downlink RL out-of-synchronization problem, the UE sends acall reestablishment request to the RAN to restore services.

This document describes only call reestablishment initiated by the RAN.

2.2 BenefitsCall reestablishment initiated by the RAN improves user experience.

2.3 Architecture

Causes That Can Trigger Call Reestablishment

The causes that can trigger call reestablishment after a service interruption or an access failureare as follows:

l RL out-of-synchronization problem

l SRB reset

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview


6

l Air-interface process timeout

l Air-interface process overlap

l PS TRB reset

Processes That Can Trigger Call Reestablishment

The preceding causes are involved in the following processes:

l Soft handover

l Physical channel reconfiguration

– Physical channel reconfiguration during hard handovers

– Physical channel reconfiguration for the starting of the compressed mode

– Physical channel reconfiguration during code tree reshuffling

– Physical channel reconfiguration during serving cell updates

– Physical channel reconfiguration for adjustments of the UE Rx-Tx timing

– Physical channel reconfiguration during power adjustments for HSUPA channels

l Inter-RAT handover

l RB setup

l RB release

l RB reconfiguration

l Measurement control command issuing

l PS data transmission

l Security mode setup

Before releasing RLs due to any of the causes, the RAN detects the service interruption or accessfailure and initiates call reestablishment.

Mapping Between Service Types, Triggering Processes, and Triggering Causes

Table 2-1 provides the mapping between service types, triggering processes, and triggeringcauses.

Table 2-1 Mapping between service types, triggering processes, and triggering causes

Service Type Triggering Process Triggering Cause

CS/PS Soft handover l RL out-of-synchronizationproblem

l SRB resetl Air-interface

process timeout



7


Physical channelreconfiguration

Hard handover l RL out-of-synchronizationproblem


process timeout

Compressed modesetup

l RL out-of-synchronizationproblem


process timeout

Code tree reshuffling l RL out-of-synchronizationproblem


process timeout(CS only)

l Air-interfaceprocess overlap(CS only)

Serving cell update l RL out-of-synchronizationproblem


process timeoutl Air-interface

process overlap

Adjustments of theUE Rx-Tx timing

l RL out-of-synchronizationproblem


process timeout(CS only)

l Air-interfaceprocess overlap(CS only)



8


Inter-RAT handover l RL out-of-synchronizationproblem


process timeout

RB setup l RL out-of-synchronizationproblem



process overlap

RB reconfiguration l RL out-of-synchronizationproblem



process overlap

Measurement control command issuing l SRB resetl RL out-of-

synchronizationproblem

l Air-interfaceprocess timeout

Security mode setup l RL out-of-synchronizationproblem



process overlap



9


PS Power adjustments for HSUPA channels l RL out-of-synchronizationproblem



process overlap

PS service data transmission TRB reset

RB release l RL out-of-synchronizationproblem



process overlap

NOTE

The cause "RL out-of-synchronization problem" can trigger call reestablishment in processes not listed inTable 2-1. The other causes can trigger call reestablishment only in processes listed in Table 2-1.

Service/Process/Cause Switches of Call Reestablishment

Call reestablishment is controlled by the following switches:

l Service switches

Service switches include a CS service switch and a PS service switch. Enable a serviceswitch before enabling a process or cause switch.

l Process switches

Each triggering process listed in Table 2-1 has a switch.

l Cause switches

Only the "RL out-of-synchronization problem," "SRB reset," and "air-interface processoverlap" causes have a switch.

Call reestablishment can be triggered only when required switches are enabled. For details aboutservice/process/cause switches of call reestablishment, see descriptions in the follow-upchapters.

A UE can only reestablish a service on the DCH instead of the FACH if related parameters forthe UE are set as follows:

l The TAC_FUNC(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to Special_User_Enhance.



10

l SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION under theSpecUserFunctionSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to on.

NOTE

If RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH under theOptimizationSwitch3 parameter is set to on, a singlePS service is reconfigured with a FACH during call reestablishment, regardless of which cause triggerscall reestablishment and which process is involved. Reconfiguring PS services with FACHs may causecongestions in the FACHs, resulting in an increase of the service drop rate on common channels.



11

3 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization

3.1 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization Detection

3.1.1 Detection PrincipleThe NodeB monitors uplink RL quality. If the number of "out-sync" indications received by theNodeB reaches the value of the NOUTSYNCIND(BSC6910,BSC6900) parameter, the NodeBstarts the TRlFailure(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer. How the detection process continues dependson the situation:

l If the number of "in-sync" indications received by the NodeB reaches the value of theNINSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter before the TRlFailure(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the NodeB stops and resets the TRlFailure(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer.

l If the number of "in-sync" indications received by the NodeB does not reach the value ofthe NINSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter before the TRlFailure(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the NodeB considers that an RL out-of-synchronization problem has occurred and identifies the RL set where the problem islocated. (An RL set contains all the RLs of a UE under a NodeB.)

NOTE

The higher the value of the NOUTSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, the harder it will be for RLout-of-synchronization problems to be triggered. The higher the value of the NINSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, the harder it will be for RLs to be synchronized. If either parameter is setto a high value, RLs may stay on the verge of RL out-of-synchronization problem for a long time, and userexperience will be poor for both CS and PS services. Set NOUTSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) to a valuesmaller than the default one and NINSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) to a value higher than the defaultone. This way, RL out-of-synchronization problems are easily triggered for call reestablishment to improveuser experience.

The default value of NOUTSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) is 50 and NINSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) is 5.

When a UE's uplink RL sets are all out of synchronization, the events that occur depend on thesituation:

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 3 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization


12

l If the call reestablishment function is not enabled, the call drops or the UE access finallyfails.

l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC activates a synchronization timer.

Table 3-1 shows the mapping between services, OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RL_RESTORE_SWITCH switch status, and synchronization timers.

Table 3-1 Mapping between services, OptimizationSwitch:RL_RESTORE_SWITCH status,and synchronization timers

Service OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RL_RESTORE_SWITCHSwitch Status

Synchronization Timer

CS services Off RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

On T313(BSC6900,BSC6910)

PS services Off RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

On RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

If the NodeB does not detect uplink RL synchronization before the timer expires, callreestablishment is initiated.

NOTE

Enable the OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RL_RESTORE_SWITCH switch for CS servicesso that uplink and downlink RLs are monitored by the same synchronization timer.

When the OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RL_RESTORE_SWITCH switch is enabled, thesynchronization timer used to initiate RL establishment is RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910). The T313(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer is used only when the UE's RL sets are all out of synchronization.

3.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by an RL Out-of-Synchronization Problem

To enable the call reestablishment function triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem,enable the service, process, and cause switches listed in Table 3-2.



13

Table 3-2 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem

Service Switch Process Switch Cause Switch

OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

l Inter-RAT handover is controlled byPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH.

l Active set update is controlled byOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH.Physical channel reconfiguration iscontrolled by PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH.

l The RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCHunder the OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter controlswhether call reestablishment can betriggered by radio bearer reconfigurationtimeout during the DCCC procedure.

l TheNON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH under the ImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter controlswhether call reestablishment can betriggered by radio bearer reconfigurationtimeout during procedures other than DCCC.

l The SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH underthe ImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter controlswhether call reestablishment can betriggered by security mode setup timeout.

OptimizationS-witch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

Enabling a process switch allows RL out-of-synchronization problems to trigger callreestablishment in the related process. However, RL out-of-synchronization problems cantrigger call reestablishment in processes that are not controlled by the process switchesmentioned in this document.

NOTE

The service switch for CS+PS combined services is the same as that for CS services.

When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services, calls are reestablished for both CSand PS services.

3.2 Call Reestablishment



14

3.2.1 TriggeringCall reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem can beperformed under the same RNC or under different RNCs over the Iur interface.

Under the Same RNCAs mentioned in section 3.1 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization Detection, if the NodeB doesnot detect uplink RL synchronization before the RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) or T313(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the RNC sends to the NodeB the Radio Link ActivationCommand message containing the information element (IE) "deactivate." Upon receiving themessage, the NodeB stops downlink power transmission for the UE's RL sets. Then, the RNCstarts the timers for call reestablishment (CSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)timer for CS services and PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer for PSservices).

l If the RNC does not receive the Cell Update message from the UE before the timers expire,the call drops or UE access fails.

l If the RNC receives the Cell Update message from the UE before the timers expire, theRNC stops the timers and initiates call reestablishment.

Figure 3-1 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RLout-of-synchronization problem under the same RNC.



15

Figure 3-1 Call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problemunder the same RNC

Under Different RNCs over the Iur InterfaceCall reestablishment under different RNCs is controlled by thePROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH.

Figure 3-2 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RLfailure under different RNCs over the Iur interface.



16

Figure 3-2 Call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problemunder different RNCs over the Iur interface

Call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem under the sameRNC is similar to that triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem under differentRNCs. The main differences between the two processes are as follows:

l In the former process, the RNC sends the Radio Link Activation Command to the NodeB.

l In the latter process, the SRNC sends the Radio Link Deletion Request message to theDRNC, and upon receiving the Radio Link Deletion Response message from the NodeB,the DRNC waits for the UE's Cell Update message.

In Figure 3-2, NodeB (Cell A) is under the SRNC and NodeB (Cell B) is under the DRNC.Before the uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem, the UE has established an RL with eachNodeB. After the uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem, the UE attempts to establish a newRL only with NodeB (Cell B).

3.2.2 ImplementationFigure 3-3 shows how call establishment is implemented.



17

Figure 3-3 Flowchart for call reestablishment

The call reestablishment process is implemented as follows:

1. After the NodeB stops downlink power transmission for a UE's RLs, the UE starts the T313(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer if the number of "out-sync" indications received consecutivelyfrom Layer 1 reaches the value of the N313(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.



18

NOTE

The higher the value of the N313(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, the harder it will be for the UE todetect an RL out-of-synchronization problem and the longer the UE may stay on the verge of RLout-of-synchronization problem.

2. If the number of "in-sync" indications received consecutively from Layer 1 does not reachthe value of the N315(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter before the T313(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the UE transmits the Cell Update message with thecause value "Radio Link Failure" to the RNC for call reestablishment. Meanwhile, the UEstarts the T302(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer as well as the T314(BSC6900,BSC6910) timerfor CS services or the T315(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer for PS services.

3. If the UE does not receive the Cell Update Confirm message from the RAN side after theT302(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the UE retransmits the Cell Update message untilthe T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)/T315(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires: (The number ofretransmissions is determined by the value of the T302(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.)

l If faulty RLs are restored before T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)/T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)expires, the call reestablishment is successful. Interrupted services are restored or UE accesssucceeds.

l If faulty RLs are not restored before T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)/T315(BSC6900,BSC6910) expires, the call reestablishment fails. Services are released or UEaccess fails.

NOTE

Set the T313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N315(BSC6900,BSC6910), and T314(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters so that UEs can quickly detect RL out-of-synchronization problem.

Set the timer for RAB assignment on the CN side during call reestablishment to a value greater than theRB setup response timer (RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)) plus the timerCSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) (for CS services) or PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) (for PS services).

Set the security mode response timer on the CN side to a value greater than the security mode timer(RRCSECRTMODECMPTMR(BSC6900,BSC6910)) plus the timer T314(BSC6900,BSC6910) on theRNC side.

Set the timer for a response to the Relocation Command message that is sent by the CN during inter-RAThandovers to a value greater than the call reestablishment timer.

l For CS services, set the timer to a value greater than CSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910).

l For PS services, set the timer to a value greater than PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910).

3.2.3 CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH Reconfiguration andReestablishment

When both the switch for triggering call reestablishment upon an RL out-of-synchronizationproblem and the switch (RsvSwitch10(BSC6900,BSC6910):RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT19) for triggering a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH (D2P)reconfiguration and reestablishment procedure upon an RL out-of-synchronization problem areturned on and the following conditions are met for a fast-dormancy UE performing a single PSservice, a D2P state transition instead of a call reestablishment process is triggered for the UE.

l The network side receives the RADIO LINK FAILURE INDICATION message from theNodeB.



19

l Synchronization times out.After a UE who has only one radio link receives a RADIO LINK FAILURE INDICATIONmessage, it waits for recovery of the radio link's synchronization. The timer used in thiscase is specified by bits 24 to 31 of the RsvU32Para4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter inthe RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA.After a UE who has multiple radio links receives a RADIO LINK FAILURE INDICATIONmessage, it waits for recovery of the radio links' synchronization. The timer used in thiscase is specified by the value of the RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)parameter in the RNCMML command SET USTATETIMER.

l The best cell is under the SRNC and there is no CS signaling.

The UE transits to the common channel. Then, according to the traffic volume, it transits to adedicated channel to finish the call reestablishment. If an SRB resets during the D2P statetransition, the call reestablishment is performed in the same way as that performed during anSRB reset.

If there is data in the RLC buffer after the D2P state transition is successful, you can run theRNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT13under RsvSwitch5(BSC6900,BSC6910) set to 0 and run the RNC MML command SETURRCTRLSWITCH with F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH underPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910) set to 1 to send paging messages to the UE again.

CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH reconfiguration and reestablishment is not triggered for thefollowing blacklisted UEs:

l TAC-based fast dormancy UEs for which FD_TAC_FORCE_D2F_SWITCH is set to 1l UEs for which PCH_DISABLED_SWITCH is set to 1l UEs for which SPECUSER_EFACH_DISABLED_SWITCH is set to 1l UEs for which SPECUSER_ERACH_DISABLED_SWITCH is set to 1l UEs that support the E-FACH or E-RACH and for which RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT1

under RsvSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to 1



20

4 SRB Reset

4.1 SRB Reset Detection

4.1.1 Detection PrincipleThe RNC sends a message in acknowledged mode (AM) to a UE. However, the RNC does notreceive an ACK message from the UE before the number of SRB RLC PDU retransmissionsreaches the value of the NoDiscardMaxDAT(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If theAMRlcDiscardMode(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to NO_DISCARD, the RNCtriggers an SRB reset and sends the Reset PDU message to the UE to reestablish RLC entitieson both sides. Then one of the following occurs:

l If the call reestablishment function is not enabled, the RNC sends the Iu Release Requestmessage to the core network.

l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, call reestablishment is triggered.

4.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by an SRB ResetTo enable the call reestablishment function triggered by an SRB reset, enable the service,process, and cause switches listed in Table 4-1.

Table 4-1 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by an SRB reset


OptimizationS-witch(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

l Inter-RAT handover is controlled byPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH.

l Active set update by OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH.

OptimizationS-witch(BSC6900,BSC6910):SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 4 SRB Reset


21


OptimizationS-witch(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

l Measurement control is controlled byOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH.

l Physical channel reconfiguration is controlledbyPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH.

l RB setup is controlled byPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH andRB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH.

l RB release is controlled byPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH (This switch applies to a single PSservice or combined services that include PSservices.)

l RB Radio bearer reconfiguration during DCCCis controlled by OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH. (This switch applies to asingle PS service or combined services thatinclude PS services.)

l Radio bearer reconfiguration during proceduresother than DCCC is controlled by theNON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH under the ImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.

l Security mode setup is controlled by theSMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH under theImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)parameter.

NOTE



After you enable the process switch, change the length of the process timer so that callreestablishment is more likely to be triggered by an SRB reset. Table 4-2 shows the mappingbetween processes and timers.



22

Table 4-2 Mapping between processes and timers

Process Timer

Active set update HoAsuTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Physical channel reconfiguration HoPhychRecfgTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

RB setup RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

RB reconfiguration during dynamic channelconfiguration control (DCCC)

RbRecfgRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)


4.2.1 TriggeringFigure 4-1 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by an SRB reset.



23

Figure 4-1 Call reestablishment triggered by an SRB reset

4.2.2 ImplementationExcept that the trigger cause is different, the process of call reestablishment triggered by an SRBreset is the same as that triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem. For details, see3.2.2 Implementation.



24

5 TRB Reset

5.1 TRB Reset Detection

5.1.1 Detection PrincipleThe RNC sends an AM PDU to a UE initiating PS services in the CELL_DCH state. If the RNCdoes not receive a response from the UE, a TRB reset is triggered. Then one of the followingoccurs:

l If the call reestablishment function is not enabled, the RNC sends the Iu Release Requestmessage to the core network and the UE's PS services are interrupted.

l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC does not send the Iu ReleaseRequest message to the core network and call reestablishment is triggered. After the callreestablishment, the UE is still in the CELL_DCH state if theRL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch3(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is turned off. If this switch is turned on, the UE moves tothe CELL_FACH state.

5.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by a TRB ResetTo enable the call reestablishment function in this scenario, enable the service and processswitches listed in Table 5-1.

Table 5-1 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by a TRB reset

Service Switch Process Switch CauseSwitch

The PS service is controlled byOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH.

PDU sending is controlled byPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH.

None

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 5 TRB Reset


25

NOTE

Call reestablishment triggered by a TRB reset applies only to a single PS service of a UE in the CELL_DCHstate.


5.2.1 TriggeringFigure 5-1 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by a TRB reset.

Figure 5-1 Call reestablishment triggered by a TRB reset

5.2.2 ImplementationExcept that the trigger cause is different, the process of call reestablishment triggered by a TRBreset is the same as that triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem. For details, seesection 3.2.2 Implementation.



26

5.2.3 CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH Reconfiguration andReestablishment

The D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment procedure triggered for a fast-dormancy UEperforming a single PS service due to a TRB reset is the same as the same procedure triggeredby a RL failure, except that the triggering cause is different. For details, see 3.2.3 CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH Reconfiguration and Reestablishment.



27

6 Air-Interface Process Timeout

6.1 Air-Interface Process Timeout Detection

6.1.1 Radio Bearer Setup TimeoutRadio bearer setup timeout occurs in the following scenarios:

l Scenario 1: The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Setup message to a UE but does not receivean ACK message.

l Scenario 2: The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Setup message to a UE and receives an ACKmessage. However, the RNC does not receive the Radio Bearer Setup Complete messagefrom the UE.

Scenario 1The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Setup message to a UE but does not receive an ACK messagebefore the RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires. The radio Bearer Setup failsand either of the following occurs:

l If the call reestablishment function is not enabled, the RAN requests the UE to release theIu interface resources and the call drops.

l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC does not request the UE to releasethe Iu interface resources but initiates call reestablishment.

In this scenario, the call reestablishment function is controlled by the service switch and processswitch, as described in Table 6-1.

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 6 Air-Interface Process Timeout


28

Table 6-1 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setup timeout in scenario1


The CS service is controlled byOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH.

The RB setup is controlled byPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH.

None


NOTE



Figure 6-1 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setuptimeout in scenario 1.



29

Figure 6-1 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setup timeout in scenario 1

Scenario 2The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Setup message to a UE and receives an ACK message.However, the RNC does not receive the Radio Bearer Setup Complete message from the UEbefore the RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires. Then either of the followingoccurs:

l If the call reestablishment function is not enabled, the RNC sends the Iu Release Requestmessage to the core network and the call drops.

l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC does not send the Iu ReleaseRequest message to the core network but initiates call reestablishment.

In this scenario, the call reestablishment function is controlled by the service switch and processswitch, as described in Table 6-2.



30

Table 6-2 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setup timeout in scenario2


The CS service is controlled byOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH.

RB setup is controlled byPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH and PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH.

None


NOTE



In this scenario, the call reestablishment function is controlled by the service switch and processswitch, as described in Figure 6-2.



31

Figure 6-2 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setup timeout in scenario 2

If ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH is selected,the call reestablishment process is the same as that in scenario 2 when the RAN has detecteddata transmitted by the UE on the newly established link or the uplink synchronization of thenewly established link, or the ReconfigurationStatusIndicator IE in the Cell Update messagefrom the UE is set to True, as long as the following conditions are met:

l The RB setup is triggered by DRD.l After RB setup, the channel that carries the SRB is not changed to another one. The Radio

Bearer Setup message has been delivered and the Radio Bearer Setup Complete messagehas not been received.

l The radio bearer setup timer specified by RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) expires,which results in a failure in the radio bearer setup process.

During the fast RB reconfiguration, if the Radio Bearer Setup message has been delivered andthe RAN has detected data transmitted by the UE on the newly established link or the uplinksynchronization of the newly established link, or the ReconfigurationStatusIndicator IE in the



32

Cell Update message from the UE is set to True, the call establishment process is the same asthat in scenario 2.

6.1.2 Radio Bearer Release Timeout of PS ServicesRadio bearer release timeout occurs in the following scenarios:

l Scenario 1: The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Release message to a UE but does not receivean ACK message.

l Scenario 2: The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Release message to a UE and receives anACK message. However, the RNC does not receive the Radio Bearer Release Completemessage from the UE.

NOTE

All the radio bearer releases mentioned in this section are releases of PS services

Scenario 1The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Release message to a UE but does not receive an ACK messagebefore the RbRelRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires. Then either of the followingoccurs:


l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC does not send the Iu ReleaseRequest message to the core network and call reestablishment is triggered.

To enable the call reestablishment function triggered by radio bearer release timeout, enable theservice and process switches listed in Table 6-3.

Table 6-3 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer release timeout in scenario1


The CS service is controlledby OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH.

RB release is controlled byPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH.

None

Figure 6-3 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearerrelease timeout in scenario 1.



33

Figure 6-3 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer release timeout in scenario 1

The call reestablishment function triggered by radio bearer release timeout applies only to CS+PS combined services. When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services,calls are reestablished only for both CS services.

Scenario 2The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Release message to a UE and receives an ACK message.However, the RNC does not receive the Radio Bearer Release Complete message from the UEbefore the RbRelRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires. Then either of the followingoccurs:


l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC does not send the Iu ReleaseRequest message to the core network and call reestablishment is triggered.To enable the call reestablishment function in this scenario, enable the service and processswitches listed in Table 6-4.



34

Table 6-4 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer release timeout inscenario 2


The CS service iscontrolled byOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH.


None

Figure 6-4 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearerrelease timeout in scenario 2.

Figure 6-4 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer release timeout in scenario 2

The call reestablishment function triggered by radio bearer release timeout applies only to CS+PS combined services. When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services,calls are reestablished for both CS and PS services.



35

6.1.3 Radio Bearer Reconfiguration TimeoutAfter sending a Radio Bear Reconfiguration message to a UE, the RNC starts a timer whoselength is determined by the RbRecfgRspTmr(BSC6910,BSC6900) parameter. If the RNC doesnot receive a Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Complete message from the UE before the timerexpires, radio bearer reconfiguration timeout occurs. Then either of the following occurs:

l If the call reestablishment function is not enabled, the RNC sends an Iu Release Requestmessage to the core network and the call drops.

l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC does not send an Iu Release Requestmessage to the core network but initiates call reestablishment.To enable the call reestablishment function in this scenario, enable the service and processswitches listed in Table 6-5.

Table 6-5 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer reconfigurationtimeout

Service Service Switch Process Switch CauseSwitch

CSservices

CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH underOptimizationS-witch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

TheRBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter andtheRB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parametercontrol whether call reestablishmentcan be triggered by the timeout of radiobearer reconfiguration in the DCCCprocedure. Call reestablishment can betriggered by the timeout of radio bearerreconfiguration in the DCCCprocedure only when these twoswitches are enabled.TheNON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH under theImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parametercontrols whether call reestablishmentcan be triggered by the timeout of radiobearer reconfiguration in proceduresother than DCCC.

None

PSservices

PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH underOptimizationS-witch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

NOTE

When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services, calls are reestablished for bothCS and PS services.



36

Figure 6-5 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearerreconfiguration timeout.

Figure 6-5 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer reconfiguration timeout

If a call reestablishment procedure is triggered after an RB procedure (RAB setup,reconfiguration, or release) fails, the response message may not be received, causing afailure in configuration of TRB encryption. As a result, the user-plane transmission fails.

– TRB in acknowledged modeFor a TRB in acknowledged mode, the user plane transmission may fail after the callreestablishment is complete if the call reestablishment is triggered by timeout of a RABsetup, reconfiguration, or release procedure. To prevent the user-plane transmissionfailure in this scenario, select RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_OPT_SWITCH under theOptimizationSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SETURRCTRLSWITCH.

– TRB in unacknowledged modeFor a TRB in unacknowledged mode, the user plane transmission may fail after the callreestablishment is complete if the call reestablishment is triggered by timeout of a RABsetup procedure. To prevent the user-plane transmission failure in this scenario, select



37

RB_SETUP_RLREEST_UM_TRB_OPT_SWITCH under theOptimizationSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SETURRCTRLSWITCH. After you select this switch, if a RB Setup Complete messageis not received, the TRB cannot be encrypted. Therefore, the RAB setup procedure ends,and the call reestablishment procedure will not be triggered.

6.1.4 Physical Channel Reconfiguration TimeoutAfter sending a Physical Channel Reconfiguration message to a UE, the RNC starts a timerwhose length is determined by the HoPhychRecfgTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter thatapplies to the UMTS BSC6900 and UMTS BSC6910. If the RNC does not receive a PhysicalChannel Reconfiguration Complete message from the UE before the timer expires, physicalchannel reconfiguration timeout occurs. Then either of the following occurs:


l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC does not send an Iu Release Requestmessage to the core network but initiates call reestablishment.

To enable the call reestablishment function in this scenario, enable the service and processswitches listed in Table 6-6.

Table 6-6 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by physical channel reconfigurationtimeout


CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH under OptimizationS-witch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

ThePHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCHandPHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under thePROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter controlwhether call reestablishment can betriggered by physical channelreconfiguration timeout. Callreestablishment can be triggered byphysical channel reconfigurationtimeout only when these two switchesare turned on.

None

PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH under OptimizationS-witch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

NOTE

When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services, calls are reestablished for bothCS and PS services.

Figure 6-6 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by physical channelreconfiguration timeout.



38

Figure 6-6 Call reestablishment triggered by physical channel reconfiguration timeout

6.1.5 Security Mode Setup TimeoutAfter sending a Security Mode Command message to a UE, the RNC starts a timer whose lengthis determined by the RRCSECRTMODECMPTMR(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If theRNC does not receive a Security Mode Complete message from the UE before the timer expires,security mode setup timeout occurs. Then either of the following occurs:


l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC does not send an Iu Release Requestmessage to the core network but initiates call reestablishment.To enable the call reestablishment function in this scenario, enable the service and processswitches listed in Table 6-7.



39

Table 6-7 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by security mode setup timeout


CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH under OptimizationS-witch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

The SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH underthe ImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter controlswhether call reestablishment can betriggered by security mode setup timeout.

None

PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH under OptimizationS-witch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

NOTE

Call reestablishment triggered by security mode setup timeout applies to scenarios where a UE hasset up a single service or combined services but the UE experiences a security mode setup failurewhen attempting to set up another service.

Figure 6-7 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by securitymode setup timeout.



40

Figure 6-7 Call reestablishment triggered by security mode setup timeout

6.2 Call ReestablishmentExcept that the trigger cause is different, the process of call reestablishment triggered by air-interface process timeout is the same as that triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem.For details, see 3.2.2 Implementation.



41

7 Air-interface Process Overlap

7.1 Air-Interface Process Overlap DetectionThe RNC sends a message to a UE, the RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) or T313(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires and an RL ut-of-synchronization problem occurs. For detailsabout whether to use the RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) or T313(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer,see 3.1 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization Detection.

The RNC initiates call reestablishment if the UE does not acknowledge the following messagesor the UE does not send the complete message to the RNC for the following message:

l Radio Bearer Setupl Radio Bearer Release (for a PS service)l Radio Bearer Reconfigurationl Physical Channel Reconfigurationl Security Mode Command

The signaling procedures are similar to those of air-interface process timeout. For details, see6.1 Air-Interface Process Timeout Detection.

To enable the call reestablishment function in this scenario, enable the service, process, andcause switches.

No Acknowledgement MessageTable 7-1 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the RNC does not receivethe ACK of the Radio Bearer Setup message from the UE.

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 7 Air-interface Process Overlap


42

Table 7-1 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by air-interface process overlap in scenario1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Setup message is not received.)



The RB setup is controlled byPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH.

OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

The PS service is controlledby OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH.

NOTE



Table 7-2 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the RNC does not receivethe ACK of the Radio Bearer Release message from the UE. This call reestablishment appliesonly to CS+PS combined services.

Table 7-2 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by air-interface process overlap in scenario1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Release message is not received.)


The CS service iscontrolled byOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH.



NOTE



Table 7-3 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the RNC does not receivethe ACK of the Radio Bearer Reconfiguration message from the UE for a single PS service.



43

Table 7-3 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by air-interface process overlap in scenario1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Reconfiguration message for a single PS service is not received.)


The PS service is controlledby OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH.

RB reconfiguration iscontrolled byOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH.


Table 7-4 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the RNC does not receivethe ACK of the Radio Bearer Reconfiguration message for CS+PS combined services.

Table 7-4 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by air-interface process overlap in scenario1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Reconfiguration message for CS+PS combined services is notreceived.)



RB reconfiguration iscontrolled byOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH.


NOTE



No Complete Message after the ACK messageTable 7-5 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the RNC receives the ACKof the Radio Bearer Setup message but not the Radio Bearer Setup Complete message from theUE.

Table 7-5 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by air-interface process overlap in scenario1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Setup message is received.)



RB setup is controlled byPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWIT




44


The PS service is controlledbyOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH.

CH andPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH.

NOTE



Table 7-6 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the RNC receives the ACKof the Radio Bearer Release message but not the Radio Bearer Release Complete message fromthe UE. This call reestablishment applies only to CS+PS combined services.

Table 7-6 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by air-interface process overlap in scenario1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Release message is received.)



RB release is controlledbyPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH.


NOTE



Table 7-7 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the UE does not send theRNC a Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete message for a single PS service.



45

Table 7-7 Switches for call reestablishment triggered when the UE does not send the RNC aPhysical Channel Reconfiguration Complete message for a single PS service

Service Service Switch Process Switch Cause Switch

PS services PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH underOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

ThePHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCHunder thePROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter controlswhether callreestablishment canbe triggered whenphysical channelreconfigurationoverlaps cell update.

RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH underOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Table 7-8 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the UE does not send theRNC a Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete message for CS+PS combined services.

Table 7-8 Switches for call reestablishment triggered when the UE does not send the RNC aPhysical Channel Reconfiguration Complete message for CS+PS combined service


CS+PS combinedservices

CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH underOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

ThePHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCHunder thePROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter controlswhether callreestablishment canbe triggered whenphysical channelreconfigurationoverlaps cell update.


NOTE





46

Table 7-9 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the UE does not send theRNC a Security Mode Complete message. These switches apply to scenarios where the UE hasset up a PS service and attempts to set up a new service.

Table 7-9 Switches for call reestablishment triggered when the UE does not send the RNC aSecurity Mode Complete message


PS services PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH underOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

TheSMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH under theImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter controlswhether callreestablishment canbe triggered whensecurity mode setupoverlaps cell update.


NOTE



Table 7-10 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the UE does not send theRNC a Security Mode Complete message. These switches apply to scenarios where the UE hasset up a CS service and attempts to set up a new service.

Table 7-10 Switches for call reestablishment triggered when the UE does not send the RNC aSecurity Mode Complete message


CS services CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH underOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

TheSMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH under theImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter controlswhether callreestablishment canbe triggered whensecurity mode setupoverlaps cell update.




47

NOTE



7.2 Call ReestablishmentExcept that the trigger cause is different, the process of call reestablishment triggered by air-interface process overlap is the same as that triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem.For details, see 3.2.2 Implementation.

When receiving an SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message during a call reestablishmentprocedure, the RNC performs as follows:

l If RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT12 under RsvSwitch10(BSC6900,BSC6910) in theMML command SET UALGORSVPARA is set to 1, the RNC stops the callreestablishment process and sends an SRNS CONTEXT RESPONSE message to the CN.Then, the RNC waits for the IU RELEASE COMMAND message from the CN. Thesubsequent process is as follows:

– If RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT11 under RsvSwitch10(BSC6900,BSC6910) inthe MML command SET UALGORSVPARA is set to 1 and the RNC has not receivedthe IU RELEASE COMMAND message after the timer expires, the RNC sends an IURELEASE REQUEST message to the CN with the cause value "Normal Release" andperforms a normal release.

– If RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT11 under RsvSwitch10(BSC6900,BSC6910) inthe MML command SET UALGORSVPARA is set to 0 and the RNC has not receivedthe IU RELEASE COMMAND message after the timer expires, the RNC sends an IURELEASE REQUEST message to the CN with the cause value "TRELOCoverallexpiry" and performs an abnormal release.

l If RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT12 under RsvSwitch10(BSC6900,BSC6910) in theMML command SET UALGORSVPARA is set to 0, the RNC ignores the SRNSCONTEXT REQUEST message and continues to wait for the cell update message fromthe UE and finish the call reestablishment process.



48

8 Related Features

8.1 Prerequisite FeaturesNone

8.2 Mutually Exclusive FeaturesNone

8.3 Impacted FeaturesNone

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 8 Related Features


49

9 Network Impact

9.1 System CapacityNo impact.

9.2 Network PerformanceWhen the call reestablishment function is enabled in scenarios with weak coverage or significantsignal fluctuation, calls will be reestablished for UEs with service interruptions or access failuresthat are caused by link failures or control/user plane faults. As a result, the call drop rate decreasesand the UE access success rate increases. The exact gains depend on the coverage of the livenetwork.

When a UE service is interrupted or the UE access fails, channel element (CE), code resources,and power resources are released for the UE. After call reestablishment succeeds, the releasedresources are re-occupied by the UE.

The call reestablishment function:

l Generally interrupts CS services for at least 4 seconds

l Does not affect network KPIs

l Affects CS user experience

l Slightly affects non-real-time PS user experience

When the call reestablishment function is enabled for the inter-RAT handover, the values of theKPIs IRATHO.AttOutCS and IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN will increase and the handoversuccess rate also increases because inter-RAT handovers are initiated again after callreestablishment is complete.

After the D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment algorithm is enabled, D2P state transitionattempts and successful D2P state transitions increase. Meanwhile, call drops or second RRCconnection setup attempts during CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH state transitions increase. Thatis, the values of the following counters increase:

l VS.DCCC.D2P.Att

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 9 Network Impact


50

l VS.DCCC.D2P.Succl VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.D2Pl VS.RAB.NormRel.PS.UEReEst.CCHRelated

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 9 Network Impact


51

10 Engineering Guidelines

10.1 When to Use Call ReestablishmentUse call reestablishment in temporary coverage holes and in tunnels, elevators, and buildingsthat cause significant radio signal fluctuation.

10.2 Required InformationBefore you enable this function, collect the following information:

l Causes of call drops or access failures and the number and proportion of times that UEsare involved in the processes performed over the air interface

The following formulas are used to calculate the percentage of RABs that are released dueto any of the five causes (RL out of synchronization, SRB reset, PS TRB reset, air interfaceprocess timeout, and air interface process overlapping) that may trigger call reestablishmentto all RABs that are abnormally released:

– For CS RAB releases, the following formula is used: (VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.RF/VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS) x 100%, where the VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.RF counterindicates the number of CS RABs that are released due to the causes that may triggercall reestablishment and the VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS counter indicates the total numberof abnormally released CS RABs.

– For PS RAB releases, the following formula is used: (VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF/VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS) x 100%, where the VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF counterindicates the number of PS RABs that are released due to the causes that may triggercall reestablishment and the VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS counter indicates the total numberof abnormally released PS RABs.

If the calculation result of either of the preceding formulas is greater than 30%, the CallReestablishment feature is recommended.

NOTE

To enable call reestablishment due to different trigger causes, processes, or service types, differentswitches need to be turned on. When the calculation result of the formula for CS or PS services isgreater than 30%, it is recommended that all corresponding switches for CS or PS services be turnedon.

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines


52

l Whether RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH under the ImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter has been set to ON.

If it is not set to on, it is recommended that you run the following command to set it toON:SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ImprovementSwitch=RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH-1;

After this switch is set to ON, the RNC counts call reestablishment attempts that fail in thefollowing scenarios:

– Scenario 1: In the RAB setup process, the RNC delivers a RADIO BEARER SETUPmessage to the UE but does not receive an ACK message from the UE. It initiates a callreestablishment process but the process fails.

– Scenario 2: In the RAB setup process, the RNC delivers a RADIO BEARER SETUPmessage to the UE but does not receive an ACK message from the UE. Instead, itreceives a cell update request with the cause value "radio link failure" or "RLCUnrecoverable error" and the cell update process fails.

– Scenario 3: In the RAB setup process, the RNC delivers a RADIO BEARER SETUPmessage to the UE and receives a cell update request with a cause value "cellreselection." However, the call update process fails.

l Value of the RAB assignment request response timer on the CN side, which must be greaterthan the value of RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) plus the timerCSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) (for CS services) orPSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) (for PS services).

10.3 PlanningNone

10.4 Deployment

10.4.1 RequirementsNone

10.4.2 Data Preparation

Table 10-1 Data Preparation

ParameterName

ParameterID

Remarks DataSource

Timer302

T302(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Set this parameter based on network conditions.Otherwise, network performance will be greatlyaffected. The recommended value is 2s.

Radionetworkplan(internal)



53

ParameterName

ParameterID

Remarks DataSource

Constant302

N302(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Set this parameter based on network conditions.Otherwise, network performance will be greatlyaffected. The recommended value is 3.


Timer313

T313(BSC6900,BSC6910)


Defaultvalue/Recommended value

Constant313

N313(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Set this parameter based on network conditions.Otherwise, network performance will be greatlyaffected. The higher the value of this parameter, theharder it will be for the UE to detect an RL out-of-synchronization problem and the longer the UEstays on the verge of an RL out-of-synchronizationproblem. The recommended value is 20.


Constant315

N315(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Set this parameter based on network conditions.Otherwise, network performance will be greatlyaffected. The recommended value is 1.


Timer314

T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)



Timer315

T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)



Num ofContinuous Outof SyncInd

NoutsyncInd(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Set this parameter based on network conditions.Otherwise, network performance will be greatlyaffected. The lower the value of this parameter, theearlier call reestablishment is triggered by an RLout-of-synchronization problem. Therecommended value is 50, but you can set thisparameter to a value even lower than therecommended value to improve user experience.




54

ParameterName

ParameterID

Remarks DataSource

Num ofContinuous inSync Ind

NInsyncInd(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Set this parameter based on network conditions.Otherwise, network performance will be greatlyaffected. The higher the value of this parameter, theearlier call reestablishment is triggered by an RLout-of-synchronization problem. Therecommended value is 5, but you can set thisparameter to a value even higher than therecommended value to improve user experience.


RadioLinkFailureTimerLength

TRlFailure(BSC6900,BSC6910)



Timerfor Waitfor CellUpdateSpecificto CSUE

CSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Timer for call reestablishment for CS services.Set this parameter based on network conditions.Otherwise, network performance will be greatlyaffected. The recommended value is 15000.


Timerfor Waitfor CellUpdateSpecificto PS UE

PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Timer for call reestablishment for PS services.Set this parameter based on network conditions.Otherwise, network performance will be greatlyaffected. The recommended value is 35000.


OptimizationSwitch

OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

Switch that controls call reestablishment caused bySRB resetsDetermine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.


OptimizationSwitch


Switch that controls call reestablishment caused byRL out-of-synchronization problem.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.




55

ParameterName

ParameterID

Remarks DataSource

OptimizationSwitch

OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH

Switch that controls call reestablishment caused byactive set update.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.


OptimizationSwitch

OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH

Switch that controls call reestablishment caused byRB reconfiguration during DCCC.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.


ProcessControlSwitch 4

PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH

Switch that controls call reestablishment caused byPDU sending.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.



PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH

Switch that controls call reestablishment caused byprocess overlap.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.



PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH

Switch that controls call reestablishment caused byphysical channel reconfiguration.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.




56

ParameterName

ParameterID

Remarks DataSource


PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH

Switch that controls call reestablishment caused byRB release.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.



PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH

Switch that controls call reestablishment caused byinter-RAB handovers.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.


OptimizationSwitch

OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH

Switch that controls call reestablishment caused bymeasurement control.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.


OptimizationSwitch

OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

Switch that controls call reestablishment for CSservices.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.


OptimizationSwitch

OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

Switch that controls call reestablishment for PSservices.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.



PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH

Switch that controls call reestablishment underdifferent RNCs.




57

ParameterName

ParameterID

Remarks DataSource


PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH

Enhanced switch that controls call reestablishmentcaused by RB setup.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.



PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH

Enhanced switch that controls whether callreestablishment can be triggered by physicalchannel reconfiguration timeout.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.



PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH

Enhanced switch that controls whether callreestablishment can be triggered by radio bearerreconfiguration timeout during the DCCCprocedure.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.


ImprovementSwitch

ImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH

Switch that controls whether call reestablishmentcan be triggered by security mode setup timeout.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.


ImprovementSwitch

ImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH

Switch that controls whether call reestablishmentcan be triggered by radio bearer reconfigurationtimeout during procedures other than DCCC.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.




58

ParameterName

ParameterID

Remarks DataSource

OptimizationSwitch

OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RL_RESTORE_SWITCH

Switch that controls call reestablishment triggeredwhen T313(BSC6900,BSC6910) expires after anRL out-of-synchronization problem.Determine whether to enable this switch byreferring to 10.2 Required Information.


Wait RBsetupresponsetimer

RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Set this parameter to 10s if PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH is enabled.


Wait RBreleaseresponsetimer

RbRelRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Set this parameter to 10s if PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH is enabled.


Wait RBreconfigurationresponsetimer

RbRecfgRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)'

Set this parameter to 10s if OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH is enabled.


HOactivesetupdateresponsetimer

HoAsuTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Set this parameter to 10s. Radionetworkplan(internal)

HOPhyChreconfigurationtimer

HoPhychRecfgTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Set this parameter to 10s if PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH is enabled.


10.4.3 Activation

Using MML Commands

Step 1 Set the following parameters appropriately:l Run the SET UCONNMODETIMER command to set Timer 302, Constant 302, Timer

313, Constant 313, Timer 314, Constant 315, and Timer 315.



59

l Run the MOD UCELL command to set Num of Continuous in Sync Ind, Num ofContinuous Out of Sync Ind, and Radio Link Failure Timer Length.

l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set Timer for Wait for Cell Update Specificto CS UE and Timer for Wait for Cell Update Specific to PS UE.

l Run the SET USTATETIMER command and set HO active set update response timer,HO PhyCh reconfiguration timer, and Wait RB reconfiguration response timer.

Step 2 Enable the switches that control the call reestablishment function for CS and PS services.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) and PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH)under Optimization Switch.

Step 3 Enable the switches that control the call reestablishment function triggered by RL out-of-synchronization problems and SRB resets.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and selectSRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) andRLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) under OptimizationSwitch.

Step 4 Set the timer for the Active Set Update process.

l Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.

l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set HO active set update response timer.

Step 5 Enable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by measurementcontrol.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.

Step 6 Enable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by PDU sending.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and selectTRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.

Step 7 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by physical channelreconfiguration.

l Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and selectPHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.

l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set HO PhyCh reconfiguration timer.

Step 8 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB setup.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and selectRB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH andRB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.

NOTE

The RAB assignment timer needs to be configured on the CN side and its value must be greater than thevalue of RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) plus the timer CSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) (for CS services) or PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) (for PSservices)..



60

Step 9 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB reconfigurationduring DCCC.l Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select

RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH) underOptimization Switch.

l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set Wait RB reconfiguration responsetimer.

Step 10 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB release.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCHunder Process Control Switch 4.

Step 11 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function under different RNCs.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH underProcess Control Switch 4.

Step 12 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by inter-RAThandover.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and selectIRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.

Step 13 Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered byphysical channel reconfiguration timeout.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and selectPHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.

Step 14 Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by radiobearer reconfiguration timeout during the DCCC procedure.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and selectRBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.

Step 15 Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by thetimeout of radio bearer reconfiguration timeout in during procedures other than DCCC.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and selectNON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Improvement Switch.

Step 16 Enable the switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by security modesetup timeout.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH underImprovement Switch.

NOTE

Set the security mode response timer on the CN side to a value greater than the security mode timer(RRCSECRTMODECMPTMR(BSC6900,BSC6910)) plus the timer T314(BSC6900,BSC6910) on theRNC side.

Step 17 Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select RL_RESTORE_SWITCH underOptimization Switch.

Step 18 (Optional) Enable the D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment algorithm. It is recommendedthat you consult Huawei engineers before enabling the algorithm.



61

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA withRESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT19 (D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment switch)under Reserved Switch 10 set to 1 and bits 24 to 31 (timer for RL recovery before D2Preconfiguration and reestablishment in the single RL scenario) under Reserved U32Parameter 4 set to proper values.

2. Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA withRESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT13 under Reserved Switch 5 cleared.

3. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH withF2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4 selected.

----End

MML Command Example//Modifying related timers based on user experienceSET UCONNMODETIMER: T302=D1400, N302=3, T313=3, N313=D20, T314=D12,T315=D10, N315=D20;MOD UCELL: CellId=01, NInsyncInd=8, NOutsyncInd=8;//Setting the CS and PS service reestablishment switches to onSET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch=CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1&PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1;//Setting the cross-Iur link reestablishment switch to onSET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;//Setting the switches for triggering call reestablishment in case of out-of-synchronization, SRB reset, and TRB reset to onSET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1, OptimizationSwitch=SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1&RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1&RL_RESTORE_SWITCH-1;//Setting the active set update switch and measurement control link reestablishment switch to onSET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch=ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH-1&MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH-1;//Setting the physical channel reconfiguration switch and physical channel reconfiguration enhancement switch to onSET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH-1&PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;//Setting the RB setup switch, RB setup enhancement switch, and RAB setup statistics correction switch to onSET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1&RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1, ImprovementSwitch=RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH-1;//Setting the RB reconfiguration switch, RB reconfiguration enhancement switch, and non-DCCC RB reconfiguration switch to onSET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1, OptimizationSwitch=RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1, ImprovementSwitch=NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;//Setting the switch for call reestablishment after RB release to onSET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;//Setting the switch for call reestablishment in security mode to onSET URRCTRLSWITCH: ImprovementSwitch=SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;//Setting the switch for call reestablishment after cancellation of an inter-RAT handover to onSET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;//(Optional) Enabling the CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH reconfiguration and reestablishment algorithmSET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch10=RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT19-1;SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvU32Para4=192937984;SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch5=RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT13-0;SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4= F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH-1;Note:The value of RsvU32Para4 is calculated based on the site configuration. For example: The original value of RsvdPara4 is set to 8388608 (1000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000) and it is changed to 192937984 (1011 0110 0000 0000 0000 0000) by setting bit 24 to bit 31 to 11.



62

Using the CME (Method 1)This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the followingsection in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CMEGuidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.

Using the CME (Method 2)NOTE

When configuring the DPCH Maximum Power Restriction feature on the CME, perform a singleconfiguration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a singleobject before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter settinginterface.

Step 1 Configure a single object on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME configuration interface according to the operation sequencedescribed in Table 10-2. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, seeCME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. Forinstructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 10-2 Configuring parameters on the CME

SN MO NE ParameterName

ParameterID

Configurable in CMEBatchModification

1 UCONNMODETIMER

RNC Timer 302 T302(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Yes

Constant 302 N302(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Timer 313 T313(BSC6900,BSC6910)




63


ParameterID


Timer 314 T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)


Timer 315 T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)

2 UCELL RNC Num ofContinuousin Sync Ind

NInsyncInd(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Yes

Num ofContinuousOut of SyncInd

NoutsyncInd(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Radio LinkFailureTimerLength

TRlFailure(BSC6900,BSC6910)

3 USTATETIMER

RNC Timer forWait for CellUpdateSpecific toCS UE


Yes

Timer forWait for CellUpdateSpecific toPS UE


4 URRCTRLSWITCH

RNC Optimization Switch

OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Yes


PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910)



64


ParameterID


Improvement Switch

ImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

5. (Optional) USTATETIMER

RNC HO active setupdateresponsetimerNOTE

Set thisparameter ifOPTIMIZATIONSWITCH(BSC6900,BSC6910):ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH isenabled.


Yes

HO PhyChreconfiguration timerNOTE

Set thisparameter ifPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH isenabled.




65


ParameterID


Wait RBreconfiguration responsetimerNOTE

Set thisparameter ifOptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCHis enabled.


10.4.4 Activation ObservationIn call reestablishment triggered under the same RNC, track the IOS signaling according toFigure 3-1. If the NBAP_RL_ACT_CMD message can be tracked, the call reestablishmentfunction is enabled on the live network.

In call reestablishment triggered under different RNCs, track the IOS signaling according toFigure 3-2. If the RNSAP_RL_DEL_REQ message can be tracked, the call reestablishmentfunction is enabled on the live network.

After the call reestablishment function is enabled, the values of the IRATHO.AttOutCS andIRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN counters increase.

You can query the values of the following counters to learn the effect of the call reestablishmentfunction on CS services:

l VS.AttRlReEst.CS: provides the number of call reestablishment attempts for CS servicesin a cell.

l VS.SuccRlReEst.CS: provides the number of successful call reestablishments for CSservices in a cell.

10.4.5 Deactivation

Using MML Commands

Step 1 Disable the switches that control the call reestablishment function for CS and PS services.



66

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) and PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH)under Optimization Switch.

Step 2 Disable the switches that control the call reestablishment function triggered by RL out-of-synchronization problems and SRB resets.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clearSRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) andRLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) under OptimizationSwitch.

Step 3 Disable the switches that control the call reestablishment function triggered by active set update.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.

Step 4 Disable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by measurementcontrol.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.

Step 5 Disable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by PDU sending.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clearTRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.

Step 6 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by physical channelreconfiguration.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCHunder Process Control Switch 4.

Step 7 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB setup.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCHand RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.

Step 8 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RBreconfiguration.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clearRB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH) underOptimization Switch.

Step 9 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB release.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCHunder Process Control Switch 4.

Step 10 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function under different RNCs.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH underProcess Control Switch 4.

Step 11 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by inter-RAThandover.



67

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clearIRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.

Step 12 Disable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered byphysical channel reconfiguration timeout.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clearPHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.

Step 13 Disable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by radiobearer reconfiguration timeout during the DCCC procedure.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clearRBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.

Step 14 Disable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by radiobearer reconfiguration timeout during procedures other than DCCC.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clearNON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Improvement Switch.

Step 15 Disable the switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by security modesetup timeout.

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH underImprovement Switch.

Step 16 Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear RL_RESTORE_SWITCH(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.

Step 17 Set the following parameters to the values they were before the function was enabled:

l Run the SET UCONNMODETIMER command to reset the following parameters to theiroriginal values: Timer 302, Constant 302, Timer 313, Constant 313, Timer 314, Constant315, and Timer 315.

l Run the MOD UCELL command to reset the following parameters to their original values:Num of Continuous in Sync Ind, Num of Continuous Out of Sync Ind, and Radio LinkFailure Timer Length.

l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to reset Timer for Wait for Cell Update Specificto CS UE and Timer for Wait for Cell Update Specific to PS UE to their original values.

l Run the SET USTATETIMER to reset the following parameters to their original values:HO active set update response timer, HO PhyCh reconfiguration timer, and Wait RBreconfiguration response timer.

----End

MML Command Example//Deactivating call reestablishmentSET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH-0& TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0& RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0& RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0& IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0, OptimizationSwitch=ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH-0&MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH-0&SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&RL_RESTORE_SWITCH-0&RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0;



68

NOTE

When you deactivate the call reestablishment function, change the values of the following parameters backto their settings before this function was activated: T302(BSC6900,BSC6910), N302(BSC6900,BSC6910), T313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N315(BSC6900,BSC6910), T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)(CS), T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)(PS), NInsyncInd(BSC6900,BSC6910), NoutsyncInd(BSC6900,BSC6910), TRlFailure(BSC6900,BSC6910),RbRecfgRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910), HoAsuTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) and HoPhychRecfgTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910). Otherwise, network performance will be greatly affected.

Using the CMENOTE

When configuring the DPCH Maximum Power Restriction feature on the CME, perform a singleconfiguration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a singleobject before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter settinginterface.

Step 1 Configure a single object on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME configuration interface according to the operation sequencedescribed in Table 10-3. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, seeCME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. Forinstructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

NOTE

When you deactivate the call reestablishment function, change the values of the following parameters backto their settings before this function was activated: T302(BSC6900,BSC6910), N302(BSC6900,BSC6910), T313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N315(BSC6900,BSC6910), T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)(CS), T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)(PS), NInsyncInd(BSC6900,BSC6910), NoutsyncInd(BSC6900,BSC6910), TRlFailure(BSC6900,BSC6910),RbRecfgRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910), HoAsuTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) and HoPhychRecfgTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910). Otherwise, network performance will be greatly affected.

Table 10-3 Configuring parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Name ParameterID

Configurablein CMEBatchModification

1 URRCTRLSWITCH

RNC Optimization Switch OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Yes



69



Process Control Switch 4 PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Improvement Switch ImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

2 UCONNMODETIMER

RNC Timer 302 T302(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Yes


Timer 313 T313(BSC6900,BSC6910)


Timer 314 T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)


Timer 315 T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)

3 UCELL RNC Num of Continuous in Sync Ind NInsyncInd(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Yes

Num of Continuous Out of Sync Ind NoutsyncInd(BSC6900,BSC6910)



70



Radio Link Failure Timer Length TRlFailure(BSC6900,BSC6910)

4 USTATETIMER

RNC Timer for Wait for Cell UpdateSpecific to CS UE


Yes

Timer for Wait for Cell UpdateSpecific to PS UE


5 USTATETIMER

RNC HO active set update response timerNOTE

Roll back this parameter ifOPTIMIZATIONSWITCH(BSC6900,BSC6910):ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH is disabled.


Yes

HO PhyCh reconfiguration timerNOTE

Roll back this parameter ifPROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910):PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH is disabled.


Wait RB reconfiguration responsetimerNOTE

Roll back this parameter if OptimizationS-witch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH isdisabled.


10.5 Performance Monitoring

CS Services

After the call reestablishment function is enabled for CS services, observe the following KPIs:



71

l Call drop rate: [VS.RAB.AbnormRel.AMR/(VS.RAB.AbnormRel.AMR +VS.RAB.NormRel.AMR)] x 100%

l RAB setup success rate: [(VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.AMR/VS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR)] x100%

l Inter-RAT handover success rate for CS services: (IRATHO.SuccOutCS)/(IRATHO.AttOutCS-VS.IRATHOCS.Cancel.ReEstab) 100%

l Values of the following counters, which measure the number of CS RABs abnormallyreleased due to RF reasons, will decrease:

– VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.RF

– VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.RF.ULSync

– VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.RF.SRBReset

l Values of the following counters, which measure the number of CS RAB establishmentfailures due to RF reasons, will decrease:

– VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.RNL

– VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.IubFail

– VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.UuFail

– VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.SRBReset

– VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.CellUpd

– VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.UuNoReply

After the call reestablishment function is enabled, the preceding KPIs should be improved orthe same as those before the function was enabled. If the KPIs deteriorated, optimize them.

After the call reestablishment function is enabled, the values of the IRATHO.AttOutCS andIRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN counters should increase.

You can query the values of the following counters to learn the effect of the call reestablishmentfunction on CS services:

l VS.AttRlReEst.CS: provides the number of call reestablishment attempts for CS servicesin a cell.

l VS.SuccRlReEst.CS: provides the number of successful call reestablishments for CSservices in a cell.

PS Services

After the call reestablishment function is enabled for PS services, observe the following KPIs:

l Call drop rate: [VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS/(VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS +VS.RAB.NormRel.PS)] x 100%

l RAB setup success rate: [(VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Conv+VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Str+VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Int +VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Bkg)/(VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Conv+VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Str+VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Int +VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Bkg)]x100%

l Inter-RAT handover success rate for PS services: (IRATHO.SuccOutPSUTRAN)/(IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN-VS.IRATHOPS.Cancel.ReEstab) 100%

l Values of the following counters, which measure the number of PS RABs abnormallyreleased due to RF reasons, will decrease:



72

– VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF

– VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF.ULSync

– VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF.SRBReset

– VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF.TRBResetl Values of the following counters, which measure the number of PS RAB establishment

failures due to RF reasons, will decrease:

– VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.RNL

– VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.IubFail

– VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.UuFail

– VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.SRBReset

– VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.CellUpd

– VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.UuNoReply

After the call reestablishment function is enabled, the preceding KPIs should be improved orthe same as those before the function was enabled. If the KPIs deteriorated, optimize them.

After the call reestablishment function is enabled, the values of the IRATHO.AttOutCS andIRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN counters should increase.

You can query the values of the following counters to learn the effect of the call reestablishmentfunction on PS services:

l VS.AttRlReEst.PS: provides the number of call reestablishment attempts for PS servicesin a cell

l VS.SuccRlReEst.PS: provides the number of successful call reestablishments for PSservices in a cell.

Number of Released CS RABsAfter the call reestablishment function is enabled, observe the following counters:

l VS.RAB.Rel.CS.CNInit.AfterReEst: provides the number of CS RABs released during callreestablishments

l VS.RAB.Rel.CS.CNInit.DuringReEst: provides the number of CS RABs released withina period specified by the timer StatisticTmrAfterRlReEst(BSC6900,BSC6910) after callreestablishments are complete.

After the call reestablishment function is enabled, the preceding counters should increase.

10.6 Parameter OptimizationTo strike a balance between KPIs and user experience, modify the following parameters basedon network conditions: T302(BSC6900,BSC6910), N302(BSC6900,BSC6910), T313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N315(BSC6900,BSC6910), T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)(CS), T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)(PS), NInsyncInd(BSC6900,BSC6910), NoutsyncInd(BSC6900,BSC6910), TRlFailure(BSC6900,BSC6910),and PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910). Because parameter modification greatlyaffects network performance, contact Huawei technical support personnel before you modifythe parameters.



73

10.7 TroubleshootingNone



74

11 Parameters

Table 11-1 Parameter description

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RsvSwitch10

BSC6900

SETUALGORSVPARA

None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 10.The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further changerequest use. Disuse statement: This parameter is usedtemporarily in patch versions and will be replaced witha new parameter in later versions. The new parameterID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, thisparameter is not recommended for the configurationinterface.GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT1,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT2,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT3,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT4,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT5,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT6,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT7,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT8,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT9,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT10,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT11,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT12,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT13,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT14,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT15,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT16,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT17,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT18,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT19,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT20,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT21,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT22,

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters


75

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT23,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT24,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT25,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT26,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT27,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT28,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT29,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT30,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT31,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT32Unit: NoneActual Value Range:RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT1,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT2,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT3,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT4,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT5,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT6,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT7,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT8,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT9,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT10,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT11,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT12,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT13,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT14,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT15,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT16,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT17,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT18,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT19,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT20,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT21,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT22,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT23,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT24,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT25,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT26,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT27,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT28,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT29,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT30,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT31,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT32Default Value:RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SW



76

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

ITCH_10_BIT2:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT3:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT4:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT5:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT6:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT7:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT8:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT9:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT10:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT12:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT13:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT15:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT16:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT17:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT18:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT19:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT20:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT21:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT22:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT23:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT24:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT25:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT26:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT27:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT28:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT29:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT30:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT31:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT32:0



77

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RsvSwitch10

BSC6910

SETUALGORSVPARA

None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 10.The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further changerequest use. Disuse statement: This parameter is usedtemporarily in patch versions and will be replaced witha new parameter in later versions. The new parameterID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, thisparameter is not recommended for the configurationinterface.GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT1,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT2,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT3,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT4,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT5,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT6,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT7,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT8,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT9,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT10,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT11,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT12,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT13,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT14,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT15,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT16,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT17,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT18,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT19,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT20,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT21,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT22,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT23,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT24,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT25,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT26,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT27,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT28,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT29,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT30,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT31,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT32Unit: NoneActual Value Range:RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT1,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT2,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT3,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT4,



78

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT5,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT6,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT7,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT8,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT9,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT10,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT11,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT12,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT13,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT14,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT15,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT16,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT17,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT18,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT19,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT20,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT21,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT22,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT23,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT24,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT25,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT26,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT27,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT28,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT29,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT30,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT31,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT32Default Value:RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT2:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT3:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT4:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT5:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT6:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT7:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT8:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT9:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT10:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT12:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT13:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT15:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT16:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT17:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT18:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT19:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT20:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT21:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT22:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT23:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT24:0,RESERVED_SWIT



79

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CH_10_BIT25:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT26:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT27:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT28:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT29:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT30:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT31:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT32:0

StatisticTmrAfterRlReEst

BSC6900

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-140103

CallReestablishment

Meaning: Timer started after radio link (RL)reestablishment to measure the number of Iu ReleaseCommand or RAB Assignment Request messagesreceived from the CN. If this parameter is set to 0, themeasurement will not be performed.GUI Value Range: 0~30Unit: sActual Value Range: 0~30Default Value: 5

StatisticTmrAfterRlReEst

BSC6910

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-140103

CallReestablishment

Meaning: Timer started after radio link (RL)reestablishment to measure the number of Iu ReleaseCommand or RAB Assignment Request messagesreceived from the CN. If this parameter is set to 0, themeasurement will not be performed.GUI Value Range: 0~30Unit: sActual Value Range: 0~30Default Value: 5



80

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

SpecUserFunctionSwitch4

BSC6900

ADDUIMEITACMODUIMEITAC

WRFD-160103WRFD-160102

Terminal BlackListGarbleNoiseDetection andCorrection ofAMRVoice

Meaning: 1)SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:(SpecialUE 4C-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the4C-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch isturned on and special UEs cannot use the 4C-HSDPAfunction. 0: This switch is turned off and special UEscan use the 4C-HSDPA function. 2)SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(SpecialUE 3C-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the3C-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch isturned on and special UEs cannot use the 3C-HSDPAfunction. 0: This switch is turned off and special UEscan use the 3C-HSDPA function. 3)SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(SpecialUE DC-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid theDC-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch isturned on and special UEs cannot use the DC-HSDPAfunction. 0: This switch is turned off and special UEscan use the DC-HSDPA function. 4)SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(SpecialUE DB-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid theDB-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch isturned on and special UEs cannot use the DB-HSDPAfunction. 0: This switch is turned off and special UEscan use the DB-HSDPA function. 5)SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(SpecialUE DC-HSUPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid theDC-HSUPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch isturned on and special UEs cannot use the DC-HSUPAfunction. 0: This switch is turned off and special UEscan use the DC-HSUPA function. 6)SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(RB SETUP Message Size Reduction Disable Switch)Whether to disable the RB SETUP message sizereduction function for special UEs. 1: This switch isturned on and special UEs cannot use the RB SETUPmessage size reduction function. 0: This switch is turnedoff and special UEs can use the RB SETUP messagesize reduction function. 7)SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION(RLReestablishment on FACH Forbidden for Special UEs)Whether to forbid special UEs to reestablish their radiolinks (RLs) on the FACH. 1: This switch is turned on,and special UEs cannot reestablish their RLs on theFACH. 0: This switch is turned off, and special UEs canreestablish their RLs on the FACH. 8)SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWITC



81

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

H(WB-AMR RB RECFG Disable Switch) Whether toperform the RB RECFG procedure for special UEsprocessing AMR-WB or AMR-NB services. 1: Thisswitch is turned on and the RNC does not perform theRB RECFG procedure on UEs processing AMR-WB orAMR-NB services. 0: This switch is turned off and theRNC performs the RB RECFG procedure on UEsprocessing AMR-WB or AMR-NB services. 9)SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH(Fast Recfg Prohibit Switch for Special UE in HHO)Whether to use the asynchronous configuration modefor a special UE in hard handover scenarios. 1: Thisswitch is turned on and the asynchronous configurationmode is not used for a specified UE in hard handoverscenarios. 0: This switch is turned off and theasynchronous configuration mode can be used for aspecified UE in hard handover scenarios. 10)SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH(UL Garbled Noise Detection and Correction InhibitionSwitch for Special UEs) Whether to forbid UL garblednoise detection and correction on special UEs. 1: Thisswitch is turned on, and the RNC does not perform ULgarbled noise detection and correction on specified UEs.0: This switch is turned off, and the RNC performs ULstatic detection and correction on specified UEs. 11)SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH(HSDPA andCompressed Mode Coexist Disable Switch) Whetherspecial UEs processing HSDPA services fall back to theDCH before the UEs enter the compressed mode. 1:This switch is turned on and special UEs processingHSDPA services fall back to the DCH before the UEsenter the compressed mode. 0: This switch is turned offand special UEs processing HSDPA services do not fallback to the DCH before the UEs enter the compressedmode. 12)SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH(HSUPA and Compressed Mode Permission DisableSwitch) Whether special UEs processing HSUPAservices fall back to the DCH before the UEs enter thecompressed mode. 1: This switch is turned on andspecial UEs processing HSUPA services fall back to theDCH before the UEs enter the compressed mode. 0:This switch is turned off and special UEs processingHSUPA services do not fall back to the DCH before theUEs enter the compressed mode. 13)SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH(HSPA+ andCompressed Mode Coexist Disable Switch) Whetherspecial UEs processing HSPA+ services fall back to the



82

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

DCH before the UEs enter the compressed mode. 1:This switch is turned on and special UEs processingHSPA+ services fall back to the DCH before the UEsenter the compressed mode. 0: This switch is turned offand special UEs processing HSPA+ services do not fallback to the DCH before the UEs enter the compressedmode. 14)SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH(Simultaneous GUL Compressed Mode DisableSwitch) Whether to start GSM, UMTS, and LTEcompressed modes simultaneously for special UEs. 1:This switch is turned on, and GSM and UMTSmeasurements are first started for special UEs, then LTEmeasurements. 0: This switch is turned off, and GSM,UMTS, and LTE compressed modes are startedsimultaneously for special UEs. 15)SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH(Security Mode and Cell Update OverlapOptimization Switch for Special Users) WhenSECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH is set to on, the RNCpreferentially processes the CELL UPDATE messageand then processes the security mode message.However, some special UEs in the CELL_FACH stateexperience call drops. When this switch is set to on, theRNC performs optimized processing for these specialUEs. That is, the RNC sends the CELL UPT CONFIRMmessage to these UEs on SRB0 and meanwhile the RNCdoes not reset SRB2, SRB3, or SRB4. 1: This switch isset to on. The RNC performs optimized processing forthese special UEs. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNCdoes not perform optimized processing for these specialUEs.GUI Value Range:SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION,SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH, SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH,



83

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCHUnit: NoneActual Value Range:SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION,SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH, SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH,SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCHDefault Value:SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION:0,SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:0



84

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

SpecUserFunctionSwitch4

BSC6910


WRFD-160103WRFD-160102

Terminal BlackListGarbleNoiseDetection andCorrection ofAMRVoice

Meaning: 1)SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:(SpecialUE 4C-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the4C-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch isturned on and special UEs cannot use the 4C-HSDPAfunction. 0: This switch is turned off and special UEscan use the 4C-HSDPA function. 2)SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(SpecialUE 3C-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the3C-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch isturned on and special UEs cannot use the 3C-HSDPAfunction. 0: This switch is turned off and special UEscan use the 3C-HSDPA function. 3)SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(SpecialUE DC-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid theDC-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch isturned on and special UEs cannot use the DC-HSDPAfunction. 0: This switch is turned off and special UEscan use the DC-HSDPA function. 4)SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(SpecialUE DB-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid theDB-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch isturned on and special UEs cannot use the DB-HSDPAfunction. 0: This switch is turned off and special UEscan use the DB-HSDPA function. 5)SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(SpecialUE DC-HSUPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid theDC-HSUPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch isturned on and special UEs cannot use the DC-HSUPAfunction. 0: This switch is turned off and special UEscan use the DC-HSUPA function. 6)SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(RB SETUP Message Size Reduction Disable Switch)Whether to disable the RB SETUP message sizereduction function for special UEs. 1: This switch isturned on and special UEs cannot use the RB SETUPmessage size reduction function. 0: This switch is turnedoff and special UEs can use the RB SETUP messagesize reduction function. 7)SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION(RLReestablishment on FACH Forbidden for Special UEs)Whether to forbid special UEs to reestablish their radiolinks (RLs) on the FACH. 1: This switch is turned on,and special UEs cannot reestablish their RLs on theFACH. 0: This switch is turned off, and special UEs canreestablish their RLs on the FACH. 8)SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWITC



85

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

H(WB-AMR RB RECFG Disable Switch) Whether toperform the RB RECFG procedure for special UEsprocessing AMR-WB or AMR-NB services. 1: Thisswitch is turned on and the RNC does not perform theRB RECFG procedure on UEs processing AMR-WB orAMR-NB services. 0: This switch is turned off and theRNC performs the RB RECFG procedure on UEsprocessing AMR-WB or AMR-NB services. 9)SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH(Fast Recfg Prohibit Switch for Special UE in HHO)Whether to use the asynchronous configuration modefor a special UE in hard handover scenarios. 1: Thisswitch is turned on and the asynchronous configurationmode is not used for a specified UE in hard handoverscenarios. 0: This switch is turned off and theasynchronous configuration mode can be used for aspecified UE in hard handover scenarios. 10)SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH(UL Garbled Noise Detection and Correction InhibitionSwitch for Special UEs) Whether to forbid UL garblednoise detection and correction on special UEs. 1: Thisswitch is turned on, and the RNC does not perform ULgarbled noise detection and correction on specified UEs.0: This switch is turned off, and the RNC performs ULstatic detection and correction on specified UEs. 11)SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH(HSDPA andCompressed Mode Coexist Disable Switch) Whetherspecial UEs processing HSDPA services fall back to theDCH before the UEs enter the compressed mode. 1:This switch is turned on and special UEs processingHSDPA services fall back to the DCH before the UEsenter the compressed mode. 0: This switch is turned offand special UEs processing HSDPA services do not fallback to the DCH before the UEs enter the compressedmode. 12)SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH(HSUPA and Compressed Mode Permission DisableSwitch) Whether special UEs processing HSUPAservices fall back to the DCH before the UEs enter thecompressed mode. 1: This switch is turned on andspecial UEs processing HSUPA services fall back to theDCH before the UEs enter the compressed mode. 0:This switch is turned off and special UEs processingHSUPA services do not fall back to the DCH before theUEs enter the compressed mode. 13)SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH(HSPA+ andCompressed Mode Coexist Disable Switch) Whetherspecial UEs processing HSPA+ services fall back to the



86

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

DCH before the UEs enter the compressed mode. 1:This switch is turned on and special UEs processingHSPA+ services fall back to the DCH before the UEsenter the compressed mode. 0: This switch is turned offand special UEs processing HSPA+ services do not fallback to the DCH before the UEs enter the compressedmode. 14)SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH(Simultaneous GUL Compressed Mode DisableSwitch) Whether to start GSM, UMTS, and LTEcompressed modes simultaneously for special UEs. 1:This switch is turned on, and GSM and UMTSmeasurements are first started for special UEs, then LTEmeasurements. 0: This switch is turned off, and GSM,UMTS, and LTE compressed modes are startedsimultaneously for special UEs. 15)SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH(Security Mode and Cell Update OverlapOptimization Switch for Special Users) WhenSECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH is set to on, the RNCpreferentially processes the CELL UPDATE messageand then processes the security mode message.However, some special UEs in the CELL_FACH stateexperience call drops. When this switch is set to on, theRNC performs optimized processing for these specialUEs. That is, the RNC sends the CELL UPT CONFIRMmessage to these UEs on SRB0 and meanwhile the RNCdoes not reset SRB2, SRB3, or SRB4. 1: This switch isset to on. The RNC performs optimized processing forthese special UEs. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNCdoes not perform optimized processing for these specialUEs.GUI Value Range:SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION,SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH, SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH,



87

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCHUnit: NoneActual Value Range:SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION,SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH, SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH,SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH,SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCHDefault Value:SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION:0,SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:0



88

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

TAC_FUNC

BSC6900

ADDUIMEITACMODUIMEITACRMVUIMEITAC

WRFD-160103WRFD-020500

Terminal BlackListEnhanced FastDormancy

Meaning: The function of the TAC.If Fast_Dormancyis selected, the TAC specifies the UEs that are enabledwith the Fast Dormancy feature; ifHSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC is selected, the TACspecifies that the UEs want to establish services onHSDPA, however, the RNC sets up services on theDCH, and retries on HSDPA later; if Special_User_En-hance is selected, the TAC specifies the UEs that areenabled with the Special User Enhance feature.GUI Value Range: Fast_Dormancy,HSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC, Special_User_En-hanceUnit: NoneActual Value Range: Fast_Dormancy,HSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC, Special_User_En-hanceDefault Value: None

TAC_FUNC

BSC6910

ADDUIMEITACMODUIMEITACRMVUIMEITAC

WRFD-160103WRFD-020500

Terminal BlackListEnhanced FastDormancy

Meaning: The function of the TAC.If Fast_Dormancyis selected, the TAC specifies the UEs that are enabledwith the Fast Dormancy feature; ifHSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC is selected, the TACspecifies that the UEs want to establish services onHSDPA, however, the RNC sets up services on theDCH, and retries on HSDPA later; if Special_User_En-hance is selected, the TAC specifies the UEs that areenabled with the Special User Enhance feature.GUI Value Range: Fast_Dormancy,HSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC, Special_User_En-hanceUnit: NoneActual Value Range: Fast_Dormancy,HSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC, Special_User_En-hanceDefault Value: None



89

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

OptimizationSwitch4

BSC6900

SETURRCTRLSWITCH

None None Meaning: 1)RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH(Reestablish TRB RLC in AM for RL Reestablish)When radio link (RL) reestablishment is triggeredduring RB related procedures, the encryptionparameters configured for the RNC becomeinconsistent with those configured for the UE if thefollowing conditions are met: The RB related proceduresucceeds; the TRB is in acknowledged mode (AM) orthe size of the RLC PDU changes in AM; the RLC entityis not reestablished for the TRB. As a result, datatransmission fails on the user plane, and the TRB isreset. This parameter specifies whether the RNCreestablishes the RLC entity for TRBs that use AM inthe preceding scenario. 1: This switch is turned on. TheRLC entity is reestablished for the TRB in the precedingscenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RLC entity isnot reestablished for the TRB in the preceding scenario.2)RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize RL Reestablishment for UM TRB)When RL reestablishment is triggered during an RBsetup procedure in unacknowledged mode (UM), theencryption parameters for the RNC and UE cannot bereconfigured. As a result, after the RL is reestablished,data transmission fails on the user plane because theencryption parameters configured for the RNC areinconsistent with those configured for the UE. Servicesare interrupted. This parameter specifies whether theRNC reestablishes the RL for TRBs that use UM in thepreceding scenario. 1: This switch is turned on. If theTRB has been established for the UE, RLreestablishment is not performed in the precedingscenario even if its trigger conditions are met. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. RL reestablishment is performed inthe preceding scenario when its trigger conditions aremet. 3)DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH(DRNCRL Reestablishment Optimization Switch) Whether theRNC receives a complete message from the UE duringradio link (RL) reestablishment over the Iur interface.1: This switch is turned on. The RNC receives acomplete message from the UE in the precedingscenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does notreceive a complete message from the UE in thepreceding scenario. 4)URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWITCH Whether the RAN processes a cell update procedure



90

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

caused by cell reselection, periodic cell update, UE re-entering service area, or an RLC unrecoverable errorduring a state transition from URA_PCH toCELL_FACH. 1: This switch is turned on. The RANprocesses the cell update procedure during a statetransition from URA_PCH to CELL_FACH. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RAN determines that the cellupdate procedure is abnormally triggered and thereforedoes not process the procedure. As a result, the cellupdate procedure times out, and the UE's connection isabnormally released, increasing the call drop rate. 5)RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCHWhether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER SETUPmessage in AM to a UE in the CELL_FACH state. 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC sends a RADIOBEARER SETUP message in AM to a UE in theCELL_FACH state. Therefore, those UEs that cannotreceive this message in UM can now correctly receivethis message. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCsends a RADIO BEARER SETUP message in UM to aUE in the CELL_FACH state. 6)RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCHWhether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARERRECONFIGURATION message in AM to a UE that istransitioning from the CELL_DCH state to theCELL_FACH state. 1: This switch is turned on. TheRNC sends a RADIO BEARERRECONFIGURATION message in AM to a UE that istransitioning from the CELL_DCH state to theCELL_FACH state. Therefore, those UEs that cannotreceive this message in UM can now correctly receivethis message. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCsends a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATIONmessage in UM to a UE that is transitioning from theCELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state. 7)RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCHWhether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARERRECONFIGURATION message in AM to a UE that istransitioning from the CELL_FACH state to theCELL_DCH state. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCsends a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATIONmessage in AM to a UE that is transitioning from theCELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. Therefore,those UEs that cannot receive this message in UM cannow correctly receive this message. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC sends a RADIO BEARERRECONFIGURATION message in UM to a UE that is



91

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

transitioning from the CELL_FACH state to theCELL_DCH state. 8)RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCHWhether the RNC corrects the values of theVS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and VS.CellFACHUEs.RNCcounters when performing smooth operations at 3:00a.m.. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC corrects thevalues of the VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC andVS.CellFACHUEs.RNC counters when performingsmooth operations at 3:00 a.m.. That is, the RNC doesnot calculate the number of UEs that are processing asignaling procedure into these two counters. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC calculates the number ofUEs that are processing a signaling procedure into thesetwo counters when performing smooth operations at3:00 a.m.. The RNC calculates the number of these UEsinto these two counters again after their signalingprocedures are complete. 9)TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH Whether to enableload sharing for the SRNS relocations and incomingInter-RAT handover procedure. 1: This switch is turnedon. During an SRNS relocation and incoming Inter-RAT handover procedure, the signaling and SCCP areprocessed by the same signaling subsystem, and loadsharing is implemented between signaling subsystems.0: This switch is turned off. During an SRNS relocationand incoming Inter-RAT handover procedure, thesignaling is processed by the signaling subsystem thatcarries the serving cell. 10)IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH(Page UEsWhen UEs Release Its CS/PS Connection) Whether theRNC sends paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCHand URA_PCH states when these UEs are releasingtheir connections in the CS or PS domain. 1: This switchis turned on. The RNC sends paging messages to UEsin the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH states when theseUEs are releasing their connections in the CS or PSdomain. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does notsend paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH andURA_PCH states when these UEs are releasing theirconnections in the CS or PS domain. 11)CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH(CPCConfiguration Optimization Switch During RL Setup)Whether the CPC is configured in an optimized wayduring radio link (RL) setup. 1: This switch is set to on.The CPC is configured in an optimized way during RLsetup. That is, if the RL activation time is carried, the



92

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RNC forwards the RL activation time to the NodeBduring RL setup. If the RL activation time is not carried,the RNC changes the Enabling Delay to 128. 0: Thisswitch is set to off. The CPC is not configured in anoptimized way. That is, the RNC neither forwards theRL activation time to the NodeB during RL setup norchanges the Enabling Delay. 12)D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH(Optimization Switch for L2 Deactivation FailureDuring D2P) Whether to release the RRC connectionafter an L2 deactivation failure during the D2P statetransition. This switch is set to off by default. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RRC connection is releasedafter an L2 deactivation failure. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RRC connection is not released after an L2deactivation failure. The UE stays in the CELL_PCH orURA_PCH state, and the dedicated channel is released.13)EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH(E-FACHRRC Registration Compatibility Switch) Whetherspecial UEs use the E-FACH to carry their RRCCONNECTION SETUP messages when the cell isenabled with E-FACH. 1: This switch is set to on. theRNC retransmits the last RRC CONNECTION SETUPmessage on the E-FACH if special users do not respondto the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message on theFACH. If the UE returns an RRC CONNECTIONSETUP CMP message, the UE stays in the CELL_DCHstate during data transmission. 0: This switch is set tooff. no special processing is performed on special users.14)P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH(Discard Responses with Incorrect TRANSCIDs fromUEs During P2D) Whether the RNC discards a RADIOBEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETEmessage received from a UE during P2D statetransitions when the value of the "RRC transactionidentifier" IE in the message is incorrect. 1: This switchis set to on. The RNC discards the message and waitsfor the UE's response. 0: This switch is set to off. TheRNC rolls back the P2D state transition procedure. 15)AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWITCH (HHO Rollback Switch for 12.2K AMR Serviceswith AMRC Enabled) Whether the RNC performsrollback after 12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services experiencehard handover failures in the scenario where thenarrowband AMRC function takes effect. 0: This switchis set to off. The RNC does not perform rollback after



93

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services experience hard handoverfailures in the preceding scenario. 1: This switch is setto on. The RNC performs rollback after 12.2 kbit/sAMR-NB services experience hard handover failures inthe preceding scenario. 16)RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH Whether the RNC allocates RG combination indexesto radio links (RLs) for UEs in the CELL_DCH stateduring UE-not-involved relocations. 1: This switch isturned on. The RNC allocates RG combination indexesonly to the RLs on the E-DCH for UEs in theCELL_DCH state during UE-not-involved relocations.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC allocates RGcombination indexes to all RLs for UEs in theCELL_DCH state during UE-not-involved relocations.17)SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH(SupportConcurrence of CM and Cell Update) Whether the RNCsupports the concurrence of the compressed mode (CM)procedure and the cell update procedure. 1: This switchis set to on. The RNC rolls back the CM procedure andthen processes the cell update message. 0: This switchis set to off. The RNC does not support the concurrenceof the CM procedure and the cell update procedure. 18)DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH(OptimizeProcedures for HSPA UEs in CM Under the DRNC)Whether to solve the problem that the radio linkreconfiguration reinitiated by the SRNC over the Iurinterface fails after the DRNC receives a RADIO LINKRECONFIGURATION PREPARE message (whichcarries the Transmission Gap Pattern SequenceInformation and HS-DSCH FDD Information IEs) overthe Iur interface. 1: This switch is set to on. the radiolink reconfiguration reinitiated by the SRNC over theIur interface is successful after the DRNC receives thepreceding RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATIONPREPARE message over the Iur interface. 0: Thisswitch is set to off, the radio link reconfigurationreinitiated by the SRNC over the Iur interface fails afterthe DRNC receives the preceding RADIO LINKRECONFIGURATION PREPARE message over theIur interface. 19)IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize TransID Allocation for Iub Messages)Whether the RNC allocates TransIDs to Iub interfacemessages in an optimized way. 1: This switch is set toon. the RNC allocates TransIDs independently to eachNodeB to prevent the message out-of-order problemcaused by NodeBs' responses carrying the same



94

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

TransID. 0: This switch is set to off. the RNC allocatesa set of TransIDs to the Iub interface messages for allNodeBs. 20)L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCHWhether the RNC correctly reconfigures the parametersrelated to the enhanced L2 feature in the followingscenario: The UE has established a service and theservice uses the enhanced L2 feature; the UE initiates asecond service and the second service experiences a cellupdate failure during its setup and is rolled back. Whenthis switch is set to on, the RNC correctly configures theparameters related to the enhanced L2 feature andcorrectly processes the service setup and cell updaterollback in the preceding scenario. When this switch isset to off, the RNC cannot correctly configure theparameters related to the enhanced L2 feature, andconsequently call drops occur. 21)ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH Radio link (RL)reestablishment optimization switch for the scenariowhere the following functions are enabled: RB fastsetup function for RB setups accompanied by DRDswith unchanged SRBs, and hard handover fastreconfiguration. When this switch is set to on, the RNCdetermines whether a new RL is synchronized andwhether the CELL UPDATE message carries thereconfiguration tag. If the RL is not synchronized andthe CELL UPDATE message does not carry thereconfiguration tag, the RL is reestablished. When thisswitch is set to off, the trigger conditions of RLreestablishment remain unchanged. 22)RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH(IMSI-basedHandover Optimization Switch) Whether the IMSI-based handover feature takes effect in multioperatorcore network (MOCN) scenarios. 1: This switch is setto on. In MOCN scenarios, the RNC releases theconnections of the UEs using a certain internationalmobile subscriber identity (IMSI) after receiving aCOMMON ID message from the CN. 0: This switch isset to off. In MOCN scenarios, the RNC does not releasethe connections of the UEs using a certain IMSI afterreceiving a COMMON ID message from the CN. 23)IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize the priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE inRADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPAREMessages over Iur) Whether the RADIO LINKRECONFIGURATION PREPARE message over theIur interface carries the MAChsGuaranteedBitRate orDiscardTimer field in the priorityQueue-Info-to-



95

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

Modify IE when the field will remain unchanged afterthe reconfiguration. 1: This switch is set to on. theRADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPAREmessage over the Iur interface carries theMAChsGuaranteedBitRate or DiscardTimer field in thepriorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE when the field willremain unchanged after the reconfiguration. In this case,the DRNC can successfully reinitiate a relocationprocess after a UE of Release 6 and earlier versionswhose SRB is carried on an HSDPA channel is relocatedto the DRNC. 0: This switch is set to off. the RADIOLINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE messageover the Iur interface does not carry the priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE when MAChsGuaranteedBitRateand DiscardTimer remain unchanged after thereconfiguration. In this case, a UE of Release 6 andearlier versions whose SRB is carried on an HSDPAchannel fails to reinitiate a relocation process after beingrelocated to the DRNC. 24)URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWITCH (No Paging Switch for LAC or SAC Change DuringURA Update) Whether paging is performed when thelocation area code (LAC) or service area code (SAC) ofthe target cell differs from that of the source cell duringa UTRAN registration area (URA) update. 1: Thisswitch is set to on. Paging is not performed in thepreceding scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. Pagingis performed in the preceding scenario. 25)PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(OptimizeCS Paging During Cell Update) Whether the RNCoptimizes CS paging that occurs during a cell updateprocedure. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNCoptimizes CS paging that occurs during a cell updateprocedure. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC doesnot optimize CS paging that occurs during a cell updateprocedure, and as a result, the access delay of the CScalled partly is long. 26)SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH(SRVCC Incoming Relocation Using CS CK Switch)Whether UEs that are processing CS+PS combinedservices use the CS cipher key (CK) during an SRVCCincoming relocation. 1: This switch is set to on. UEs thatare processing CS+PS combined services use the CSCK during an SRVCC incoming relocation. Thisprevents relocation failures caused by incorrect CKs. 0:This switch is set to off. UEs that are processing CS+PScombined services use the CK of the last released



96

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

domain during an SRVCC incoming relocation. If thelast released domain is PS, the incoming relocation fails.27)SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH(CBC Socket Receive Data Length Control Switch)Whether the RNC correctly processes the messageswhose size is greater than 32 kbytes and that are sent bythe cell broadcast center (CBC) server. 1: This switchis set to on. The RNC correctly processes the messageswhose size is greater than 32 Kbytes and that are sentby the CBC server. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNCcannot correctly process the messages whose size isgreater than 32 kbytes and that are sent by the CBCserver. 28)CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH(Preferentially Process Cell Update in Process Overlap)Whether the RNC preferentially processes the cellupdate procedure when it overlaps with otherprocedures. 1: When this switch is set to on, the RNCpreferentially processes the cell update procedure in thepreceding scenario. 0: When this switch is set to off, theoriginal processing method is used. 29)INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH(Integrity Protection Optimization Switch for IncomingInter-RAT Handovers) Whether the optimized integrityprotection function is enabled for incoming L2U or G2Uinter-RAT handovers. 1: This switch is set to on. Theintegrity protection function is immediately activatedfor SRB0 to SRB4 after the incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAT handover is complete. 0: This switch is set to off.The integrity protection function is activated only forSRB2 after the incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAThandover is complete. The integrity protection for otherSRBs (SRB0, SRB1, SRB3, and SRB4) is activatedonly after the UE sends a message. 30)INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize the Rate upon NodeB RL Change for HServices) Whether the rate optimization policy isapplied in the scenario where the radio link (RL) forHSPA services changes inside the NodeB. 1: Thisswitch is set to on. The rate optimization policy isapplied in the scenario where the RL for HSPA serviceschanges inside the NodeB. 0: This switch is set to off.The rate optimization policy is not applied in thescenario where the RL for HSPA services changesinside the NodeB. 31)DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH(RL



97

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

Parameter Update Optimization Switch on RNC)Whether the RL PARA UPT IND message over the Iurinterface can be correctly processed. 1: This switch isset to on. The RL PARA UPT IND message over the Iurinterface can be correctly processed. 0: This switch isset to off. The RL PARA UPT IND message over theIur interface cannot be correctly processed.GUI Value Range:RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH,RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_SWITCH, DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWITCH, RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH,TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH,IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH,CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH,D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH,EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH,P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH,AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWITCH,RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH, SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH,IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH,L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH,ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH,IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWITCH,URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWITCH, PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH,SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH,CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH,INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH,INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITCH, DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCHUnit: NoneActual Value Range:RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH,RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_SWITCH, DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,



98

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWITCH, RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH,TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH,IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH,CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH,D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH,EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH,P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH,AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWITCH,RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH, SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH,IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH,L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH,ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH,IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWITCH,URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWITCH, PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH,SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH,CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH,INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH,INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITCH, DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCHDefault Value:RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH:0,RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_SWITCH:0,DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:1,URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWITCH:0,RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:0,RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:0,RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:0,RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH:1,TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH:0,IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH:0,CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH:1,D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:0,EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH:0,P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH:



99

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

0,AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWITCH:0,RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH:0,SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH:0,DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH:0,IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH:0,L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:0,ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:0,RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH:0,IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWITCH:0,URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWITCH:0,PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:0,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH:1,SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH:1,CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH:0,INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH:0,INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITCH:0,DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH:1



100

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

OptimizationSwitch4

BSC6910

SETURRCTRLSWITCH

None None Meaning: 1)RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH(Reestablish TRB RLC in AM for RL Reestablish)When radio link (RL) reestablishment is triggeredduring RB related procedures, the encryptionparameters configured for the RNC becomeinconsistent with those configured for the UE if thefollowing conditions are met: The RB related proceduresucceeds; the TRB is in acknowledged mode (AM) orthe size of the RLC PDU changes in AM; the RLC entityis not reestablished for the TRB. As a result, datatransmission fails on the user plane, and the TRB isreset. This parameter specifies whether the RNCreestablishes the RLC entity for TRBs that use AM inthe preceding scenario. 1: This switch is turned on. TheRLC entity is reestablished for the TRB in the precedingscenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RLC entity isnot reestablished for the TRB in the preceding scenario.2)RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize RL Reestablishment for UM TRB)When RL reestablishment is triggered during an RBsetup procedure in unacknowledged mode (UM), theencryption parameters for the RNC and UE cannot bereconfigured. As a result, after the RL is reestablished,data transmission fails on the user plane because theencryption parameters configured for the RNC areinconsistent with those configured for the UE. Servicesare interrupted. This parameter specifies whether theRNC reestablishes the RL for TRBs that use UM in thepreceding scenario. 1: This switch is turned on. If theTRB has been established for the UE, RLreestablishment is not performed in the precedingscenario even if its trigger conditions are met. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. RL reestablishment is performed inthe preceding scenario when its trigger conditions aremet. 3)DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH(DRNCRL Reestablishment Optimization Switch) Whether theRNC receives a complete message from the UE duringradio link (RL) reestablishment over the Iur interface.1: This switch is turned on. The RNC receives acomplete message from the UE in the precedingscenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does notreceive a complete message from the UE in thepreceding scenario. 4)URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWITCH Whether the RAN processes a cell update procedure



101

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

caused by cell reselection, periodic cell update, UE re-entering service area, or an RLC unrecoverable errorduring a state transition from URA_PCH toCELL_FACH. 1: This switch is turned on. The RANprocesses the cell update procedure during a statetransition from URA_PCH to CELL_FACH. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RAN determines that the cellupdate procedure is abnormally triggered and thereforedoes not process the procedure. As a result, the cellupdate procedure times out, and the UE's connection isabnormally released, increasing the call drop rate. 5)RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCHWhether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER SETUPmessage in AM to a UE in the CELL_FACH state. 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC sends a RADIOBEARER SETUP message in AM to a UE in theCELL_FACH state. Therefore, those UEs that cannotreceive this message in UM can now correctly receivethis message. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCsends a RADIO BEARER SETUP message in UM to aUE in the CELL_FACH state. 6)RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCHWhether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARERRECONFIGURATION message in AM to a UE that istransitioning from the CELL_DCH state to theCELL_FACH state. 1: This switch is turned on. TheRNC sends a RADIO BEARERRECONFIGURATION message in AM to a UE that istransitioning from the CELL_DCH state to theCELL_FACH state. Therefore, those UEs that cannotreceive this message in UM can now correctly receivethis message. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCsends a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATIONmessage in UM to a UE that is transitioning from theCELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state. 7)RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCHWhether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARERRECONFIGURATION message in AM to a UE that istransitioning from the CELL_FACH state to theCELL_DCH state. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCsends a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATIONmessage in AM to a UE that is transitioning from theCELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. Therefore,those UEs that cannot receive this message in UM cannow correctly receive this message. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC sends a RADIO BEARERRECONFIGURATION message in UM to a UE that is



102

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

transitioning from the CELL_FACH state to theCELL_DCH state. 8)RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCHWhether the RNC corrects the values of theVS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and VS.CellFACHUEs.RNCcounters when performing smooth operations at 3:00a.m.. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC corrects thevalues of the VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC andVS.CellFACHUEs.RNC counters when performingsmooth operations at 3:00 a.m.. That is, the RNC doesnot calculate the number of UEs that are processing asignaling procedure into these two counters. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC calculates the number ofUEs that are processing a signaling procedure into thesetwo counters when performing smooth operations at3:00 a.m.. The RNC calculates the number of these UEsinto these two counters again after their signalingprocedures are complete. 9)TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH Whether to enableload sharing for the SRNS relocations and incomingInter-RAT handover procedure. 1: This switch is turnedon. During an SRNS relocation and incoming Inter-RAT handover procedure, the signaling and SCCP areprocessed by the same signaling subsystem, and loadsharing is implemented between signaling subsystems.0: This switch is turned off. During an SRNS relocationand incoming Inter-RAT handover procedure, thesignaling is processed by the signaling subsystem thatcarries the serving cell. 10)IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH(Page UEsWhen UEs Release Its CS/PS Connection) Whether theRNC sends paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCHand URA_PCH states when these UEs are releasingtheir connections in the CS or PS domain. 1: This switchis turned on. The RNC sends paging messages to UEsin the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH states when theseUEs are releasing their connections in the CS or PSdomain. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does notsend paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH andURA_PCH states when these UEs are releasing theirconnections in the CS or PS domain. 11)CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH(CPCConfiguration Optimization Switch During RL Setup)Whether the CPC is configured in an optimized wayduring radio link (RL) setup. 1: This switch is set to on.The CPC is configured in an optimized way during RLsetup. That is, if the RL activation time is carried, the



103

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RNC forwards the RL activation time to the NodeBduring RL setup. If the RL activation time is not carried,the RNC changes the Enabling Delay to 128. 0: Thisswitch is set to off. The CPC is not configured in anoptimized way. That is, the RNC neither forwards theRL activation time to the NodeB during RL setup norchanges the Enabling Delay. 12)D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH(Optimization Switch for L2 Deactivation FailureDuring D2P) Whether to release the RRC connectionafter an L2 deactivation failure during the D2P statetransition. This switch is set to off by default. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RRC connection is releasedafter an L2 deactivation failure. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RRC connection is not released after an L2deactivation failure. The UE stays in the CELL_PCH orURA_PCH state, and the dedicated channel is released.13)EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH(E-FACHRRC Registration Compatibility Switch) Whetherspecial UEs use the E-FACH to carry their RRCCONNECTION SETUP messages when the cell isenabled with E-FACH. 1: This switch is set to on. theRNC retransmits the last RRC CONNECTION SETUPmessage on the E-FACH if special users do not respondto the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message on theFACH. If the UE returns an RRC CONNECTIONSETUP CMP message, the UE stays in the CELL_DCHstate during data transmission. 0: This switch is set tooff. no special processing is performed on special users.14)P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH(Discard Responses with Incorrect TRANSCIDs fromUEs During P2D) Whether the RNC discards a RADIOBEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETEmessage received from a UE during P2D statetransitions when the value of the "RRC transactionidentifier" IE in the message is incorrect. 1: This switchis set to on. The RNC discards the message and waitsfor the UE's response. 0: This switch is set to off. TheRNC rolls back the P2D state transition procedure. 15)AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWITCH (HHO Rollback Switch for 12.2K AMR Serviceswith AMRC Enabled) Whether the RNC performsrollback after 12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services experiencehard handover failures in the scenario where thenarrowband AMRC function takes effect. 0: This switchis set to off. The RNC does not perform rollback after



104

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services experience hard handoverfailures in the preceding scenario. 1: This switch is setto on. The RNC performs rollback after 12.2 kbit/sAMR-NB services experience hard handover failures inthe preceding scenario. 16)RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH Whether the RNC allocates RG combination indexesto radio links (RLs) for UEs in the CELL_DCH stateduring UE-not-involved relocations. 1: This switch isturned on. The RNC allocates RG combination indexesonly to the RLs on the E-DCH for UEs in theCELL_DCH state during UE-not-involved relocations.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC allocates RGcombination indexes to all RLs for UEs in theCELL_DCH state during UE-not-involved relocations.17)SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH(SupportConcurrence of CM and Cell Update) Whether the RNCsupports the concurrence of the compressed mode (CM)procedure and the cell update procedure. 1: This switchis set to on. The RNC rolls back the CM procedure andthen processes the cell update message. 0: This switchis set to off. The RNC does not support the concurrenceof the CM procedure and the cell update procedure. 18)DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH(OptimizeProcedures for HSPA UEs in CM Under the DRNC)Whether to solve the problem that the radio linkreconfiguration reinitiated by the SRNC over the Iurinterface fails after the DRNC receives a RADIO LINKRECONFIGURATION PREPARE message (whichcarries the Transmission Gap Pattern SequenceInformation and HS-DSCH FDD Information IEs) overthe Iur interface. 1: This switch is set to on. the radiolink reconfiguration reinitiated by the SRNC over theIur interface is successful after the DRNC receives thepreceding RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATIONPREPARE message over the Iur interface. 0: Thisswitch is set to off, the radio link reconfigurationreinitiated by the SRNC over the Iur interface fails afterthe DRNC receives the preceding RADIO LINKRECONFIGURATION PREPARE message over theIur interface. 19)IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize TransID Allocation for Iub Messages)Whether the RNC allocates TransIDs to Iub interfacemessages in an optimized way. 1: This switch is set toon. the RNC allocates TransIDs independently to eachNodeB to prevent the message out-of-order problemcaused by NodeBs' responses carrying the same



105

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

TransID. 0: This switch is set to off. the RNC allocatesa set of TransIDs to the Iub interface messages for allNodeBs. 20)L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCHWhether the RNC correctly reconfigures the parametersrelated to the enhanced L2 feature in the followingscenario: The UE has established a service and theservice uses the enhanced L2 feature; the UE initiates asecond service and the second service experiences a cellupdate failure during its setup and is rolled back. Whenthis switch is set to on, the RNC correctly configures theparameters related to the enhanced L2 feature andcorrectly processes the service setup and cell updaterollback in the preceding scenario. When this switch isset to off, the RNC cannot correctly configure theparameters related to the enhanced L2 feature, andconsequently call drops occur. 21)ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH Radio link (RL)reestablishment optimization switch for the scenariowhere the following functions are enabled: RB fastsetup function for RB setups accompanied by DRDswith unchanged SRBs, and hard handover fastreconfiguration. When this switch is set to on, the RNCdetermines whether a new RL is synchronized andwhether the CELL UPDATE message carries thereconfiguration tag. If the RL is not synchronized andthe CELL UPDATE message does not carry thereconfiguration tag, the RL is reestablished. When thisswitch is set to off, the trigger conditions of RLreestablishment remain unchanged. 22)RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH(IMSI-basedHandover Optimization Switch) Whether the IMSI-based handover feature takes effect in multioperatorcore network (MOCN) scenarios. 1: This switch is setto on. In MOCN scenarios, the RNC releases theconnections of the UEs using a certain internationalmobile subscriber identity (IMSI) after receiving aCOMMON ID message from the CN. 0: This switch isset to off. In MOCN scenarios, the RNC does not releasethe connections of the UEs using a certain IMSI afterreceiving a COMMON ID message from the CN. 23)IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize the priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE inRADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPAREMessages over Iur) Whether the RADIO LINKRECONFIGURATION PREPARE message over theIur interface carries the MAChsGuaranteedBitRate orDiscardTimer field in the priorityQueue-Info-to-



106

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

Modify IE when the field will remain unchanged afterthe reconfiguration. 1: This switch is set to on. theRADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPAREmessage over the Iur interface carries theMAChsGuaranteedBitRate or DiscardTimer field in thepriorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE when the field willremain unchanged after the reconfiguration. In this case,the DRNC can successfully reinitiate a relocationprocess after a UE of Release 6 and earlier versionswhose SRB is carried on an HSDPA channel is relocatedto the DRNC. 0: This switch is set to off. the RADIOLINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE messageover the Iur interface does not carry the priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE when MAChsGuaranteedBitRateand DiscardTimer remain unchanged after thereconfiguration. In this case, a UE of Release 6 andearlier versions whose SRB is carried on an HSDPAchannel fails to reinitiate a relocation process after beingrelocated to the DRNC. 24)URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWITCH (No Paging Switch for LAC or SAC Change DuringURA Update) Whether paging is performed when thelocation area code (LAC) or service area code (SAC) ofthe target cell differs from that of the source cell duringa UTRAN registration area (URA) update. 1: Thisswitch is set to on. Paging is not performed in thepreceding scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. Pagingis performed in the preceding scenario. 25)PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(OptimizeCS Paging During Cell Update) Whether the RNCoptimizes CS paging that occurs during a cell updateprocedure. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNCoptimizes CS paging that occurs during a cell updateprocedure. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC doesnot optimize CS paging that occurs during a cell updateprocedure, and as a result, the access delay of the CScalled partly is long. 26)SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH(SRVCC Incoming Relocation Using CS CK Switch)Whether UEs that are processing CS+PS combinedservices use the CS cipher key (CK) during an SRVCCincoming relocation. 1: This switch is set to on. UEs thatare processing CS+PS combined services use the CSCK during an SRVCC incoming relocation. Thisprevents relocation failures caused by incorrect CKs. 0:This switch is set to off. UEs that are processing CS+PScombined services use the CK of the last released



107

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

domain during an SRVCC incoming relocation. If thelast released domain is PS, the incoming relocation fails.27)SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH(CBC Socket Receive Data Length Control Switch)Whether the RNC correctly processes the messageswhose size is greater than 32 kbytes and that are sent bythe cell broadcast center (CBC) server. 1: This switchis set to on. The RNC correctly processes the messageswhose size is greater than 32 Kbytes and that are sentby the CBC server. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNCcannot correctly process the messages whose size isgreater than 32 kbytes and that are sent by the CBCserver. 28)CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH(Preferentially Process Cell Update in Process Overlap)Whether the RNC preferentially processes the cellupdate procedure when it overlaps with otherprocedures. 1: When this switch is set to on, the RNCpreferentially processes the cell update procedure in thepreceding scenario. 0: When this switch is set to off, theoriginal processing method is used. 29)INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH(Integrity Protection Optimization Switch for IncomingInter-RAT Handovers) Whether the optimized integrityprotection function is enabled for incoming L2U or G2Uinter-RAT handovers. 1: This switch is set to on. Theintegrity protection function is immediately activatedfor SRB0 to SRB4 after the incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAT handover is complete. 0: This switch is set to off.The integrity protection function is activated only forSRB2 after the incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAThandover is complete. The integrity protection for otherSRBs (SRB0, SRB1, SRB3, and SRB4) is activatedonly after the UE sends a message. 30)INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize the Rate upon NodeB RL Change for HServices) Whether the rate optimization policy isapplied in the scenario where the radio link (RL) forHSPA services changes inside the NodeB. 1: Thisswitch is set to on. The rate optimization policy isapplied in the scenario where the RL for HSPA serviceschanges inside the NodeB. 0: This switch is set to off.The rate optimization policy is not applied in thescenario where the RL for HSPA services changesinside the NodeB. 31)DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH(RL



108

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

Parameter Update Optimization Switch on RNC)Whether the RL PARA UPT IND message over the Iurinterface can be correctly processed. 1: This switch isset to on. The RL PARA UPT IND message over the Iurinterface can be correctly processed. 0: This switch isset to off. The RL PARA UPT IND message over theIur interface cannot be correctly processed.GUI Value Range:RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH,RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_SWITCH, DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWITCH, RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH,TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH,IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH,CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH,D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH,EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH,P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH,AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWITCH,RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH, SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH,IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH,L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH,ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH,IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWITCH,URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWITCH, PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH,SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH,CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH,INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH,INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITCH, DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCHUnit: NoneActual Value Range:RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH,RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_SWITCH, DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,



109

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWITCH, RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH,TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH,IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH,CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH,D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH,EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH,P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH,AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWITCH,RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH, SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH,IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH,L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH,ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH,IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWITCH,URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWITCH, PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH,SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH,CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH,INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH,INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITCH, DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCHDefault Value:RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH:0,RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_SWITCH:0,DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:1,URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWITCH:0,RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:0,RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:0,RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:0,RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH:1,TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH:0,IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH:0,CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH:1,D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:0,EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH:0,P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH:



110

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

0,AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWITCH:0,RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITCH:0,SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH:0,DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH:0,IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH:0,L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:0,ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:0,RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH:0,IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWITCH:0,URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWITCH:0,PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:0,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH:1,SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH:1,CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH:0,INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH:0,INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITCH:0,DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH:1

RbSetupRspTmr

BSC6900

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-010101WRFD-140103

3GPPR9SpecificationsCallReestablishment

Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the RB setupresponse from UE in the RB procedure. Refer to theNote.GUI Value Range: 300~300000Unit: msActual Value Range: 300~300000Default Value: 5000

RbSetupRspTmr

BSC6910

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-010101WRFD-140103


Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the RB setupresponse from UE in the RB procedure. Refer to theNote.GUI Value Range: 300~300000Unit: msActual Value Range: 300~300000Default Value: 5000



111

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

OptimizationSwitch3

BSC6900

SETURRCTRLSWITCH

WRFD-010901WRFD-01061006WRFD-020203WRFD-010902WRFD-010101WRFD-010510WRFD-020202WRFD-010801WRFD-010802

IntraRNCURAUpdateHSDPAMobilityManagementInterRNCSoftHandoverInterRNCURAUpdate3GPPR9Specifications3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2KbpsRRCConnection andRadioAccessBearerEstablishmentandReleaseIntraRNCSoftHandoverIntraRNCCellUpdateInterRNC

Meaning: 1)SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCHWhether the RNC measures one successful handover orrelocation when receiving an Iu release commandmessage with the cause value "Network Optimization"from the CN during an outgoing relocation or outgoinginter-RAT handover procedure. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC measures one successful handover orrelocation. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCmeasures one failed handover or relocation. 2)RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH Whether PSservices are established on the FACH upon callreestablishment. 1: This switch is turned on. PS servicesare established on the FACH upon a call reestablishmenttriggered by either of the following factors: - Alldownlink radio links for a UE are out ofsynchronization. - The SRB over the Uu interface isreset. 0: This switch is turned off. PS services areestablished on the DCH upon a call reestablishmenttriggered by either of the preceding factors. 3)CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCHWhether the RNC repeatedly calculates the number ofcell update attempts. A UE sends a CELL UPDATEmessage in cell 1 and then sends another in cell 2 beforereceiving a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message fromthe RNC or responding to the CELL UPDATECONFIRM message. The UE completes the cell updateprocedure in cell 2. In the preceding scenario, 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC measures one cell updateattempt only. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCrepeatedly measures cell update attempts. 4)D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCHWhether the optimized D2F procedure takes effect. 1:This switch is turned on. An expired D2F procedure isconsidered as successful if either of the followingconditions is met: - The RB reconfiguration message issent in unacknowledged mode (UM), and all the RLs inthe active set receive an RL Fail indication. - The RBreconfiguration message is sent in the acknowledgedmode (AM), and an ACK response is received from theUE. If neither of the preceding conditions is met, theD2F procedure is considered as expired. 0: This switchis turned off. The optimized D2F procedure does nottake effect. This switch is set to 0 by default. 5)F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCHWhether the optimized F2D procedure takes effect. 1:This switch is turned on. An expired F2D procedure is



112

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CellUpdate

considered as successful if the RL status is normal. Ifthe RL status is not normal, the F2D procedure isconsidered as expired. 0: This switch is turned off. Theoptimized F2D procedure does not take effect. Thisswitch is set to 0 by default. 6)FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT 1:This switch is turned on. Load sharing of UEs in theCELL_PCH state is not triggered among SPUsubsystems and the UEs in the CELL_PCH state areperiodically released on this SPU subsystem if thefollowing conditions are met: - The CPU usage of theSPU subsystem exceeds a specified threshold andexceeds the average CPU usage of the SPU subsystemsunder the RNC. - The number of online UEs in theCELL_PCH state on this SPU subsystem exceeds theaverage number of UEs in the CELL_PCH state on theSPU subsystems under the RNC. 0: This switch isturned off. Load sharing of UEs in the CELL_PCH stateis triggered among SPU subsystems if the followingconditions are met: - The CPU usage of the SPUsubsystem exceeds a specified threshold and exceedsthe average CPU usage of the SPU subsystems underthe RNC. - The number of online UEs in theCELL_PCH state on this SPU subsystem exceeds theaverage number of UEs in the CELL_PCH state on theSPU subsystems under the RNC. 7)FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC selects another DSPto perform load sharing on the user plane when alwaysonline users are activated. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC does not perform load sharing on the userplane when always online users are activated. 8)RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCHWhether the serving cell change procedure is allowedduring the release of all PS RABs. 1: This switch isturned on. The serving cell change procedure is notallowed during the release of all PS RABs. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The serving cell change procedureis allowed during the release of all PS RABs. 9)SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH How theRNC will react if it receives an SCRI message with thecause value "UE Requested PS Data session end" in themiddle of another procedure. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC maintains the original RRC state and doesnot release the connection of the related UE if the RNCreceives an SCRI message with the preceding causevalue in the middle of another procedure. 0: This switch



113

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

is turned off. The RNC releases the connection of theUE if both of the following conditions are met: TheRNC receives an SCRI message with the precedingcause value in the middle of another procedure. TheTAC of the UE does not belong to the TACs that areenabled with fast dormancy. 10)P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH Whether the RNCretransmits a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message to aUE that is transitioning from the CELL_PCH orURA_PCH state to the CELL_FACH state. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC retransmits a CELLUPDATE CONFIRM message to a UE that istransitioning from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH stateto the CELL_FACH state. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC does not retransmit a CELL UPDATECONFIRM message to a UE that is transitioning fromthe CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to theCELL_FACH state. 11)UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITCHWhether to notify the NodeB of the abnormal RL releasedue to poor Uu interface quality. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC notifies the NodeB of the abnormal RLrelease due to poor Uu interface quality. 0: This switchis turned off. The RNC does not notify the NodeB of theabnormal RL release due to poor Uu interface quality.12)D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH Whether the RNC considers the D2F state transitionas successful if the RNC does not receive a responsemessage from the UE within the specified period aftersending a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURTIONmessage to the UE in acknowledged mode (AM). 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC considers the D2Fstate transition as successful if the following conditionsare met: The RNC does not receive a response from theUE within the specified period after sending a RADIOBEARER RECONFIGURATION message to the UEin AM. All radio links (RLs) for the UE are out ofsynchronization. The RLCs for all TRBs are in AM. Ifany of the preceding conditions is not met, the RNCundoes the D2F state transition. 0: This switch is turnedoff. The RNC undoes the D2F state transition if the RNCdoes not receive a response from the UE within thespecified period after sending a RADIO BEARERRECONFIGURATION message to the UE in AM. 13)AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH (Response Timer Optimization Switch for D2F and



114

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

F2D Procedures in AM) Length policy for the timer setfor the RNC to wait for a response message from the UEafter the RNC sends a RADIO BEARERRECONFIGURATION message to the UE in AMduring the D2F and F2D state transitions. 1: This switchis turned on. The length of the timer equals itsconfigured value (value of the "RbRecfgRspTmr"parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER" command)plus four seconds. 0: This switch is turned off. Thelength of this timer equals its configured value. 14)D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH (DT MessageBuffer Switch During D2P) Whether the RNC buffersthe DIRECT TRANSFER message sent by the CNduring the D2P state transition. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC buffers the DIRECT TRANSFERmessage. The RNC sends a paging message to the UEafter the D2P state transition is complete and then sendsthe buffered DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC forwards theDIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE immediatelyafter receiving it. 15)CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH Used tosolve code resource conflicts in compressed mode. 1:This switch is turned on. Code resource conflicts incompressed mode are solved. 0: This switch is turnedoff. Code resource conflicts in compressed mode are notsolved. 16)H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(Enable H Serving Cell Change MSG Size Reduction)Whether to reduce the size of the HSDPA serving cellchange message. 1: This switch is turned on. The sizeof the HSDPA serving cell change message is reduced.0: This switch is turned off. The size of the HSDPAserving cell change message is not reduced. 17)FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH(Fast HSDPA Serving Cell Change OptimizationSwitch) Whether to enable the fast HSDPA serving cellchange optimization function. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC includes the IE Delay restriction flag inthe PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATIONmessage. For details about the IE Delay restriction flag,see section 10.2.22 in 3GPP TS25.331. 0: This switchis turned off. The RNC does not include the IE Delayrestriction flag in the PHYSICAL CHANNELRECONFIGURATION message. 18)RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_SWITCH(SHO Counting Correction Switch in RL



115

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

Reestablish) When the RL reestablishment function isenabled, a soft handover procedure is considered assuccessful even if the ASU CMP message is notreceived if RL reestablishment is triggered during thesoft handover. This parameter specifies whether tocorrect the counting of successful soft handovers whenRL reestablishment is triggered during the softhandover. 1: This switch is turned on. Such a softhandover procedure is considered as failed. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. Such a soft handover procedure isconsidered as successful. 19)COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCHWhether to enable certain state transition-relatedcounters to be incremented on a PS RAB basis. Thesecounters include the VS.DCCC.P2D.Att,VS.DCCC.P2D.Succ, VS.DCCC.Att.D2U, andVS.DCCC.Succ.D2U counters. 1: This switch is turnedon. These counters are incremented on a PS RAB basis.0: This switch is turned off. These counters areincremented on a UE basis. 20)RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH(RABSetup Failure Statistical Optimization Switch) Whetherto optimize the statistics of counters measuring RABsetup failures and abnormal RAB releases. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. Under this circumstance, thestatistics of counters measuring RAB setup failures andabnormal RAB releases are optimized. 0: This switch isturned off. Under this circumstance, the statistics ofcounters measuring RAB setup failures and abnormalRAB releases are not optimized. 21)CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH (CellUpdate Procedure Optimization Switch) Whether toenable the optimized processing for the cell updateprocedure. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC supportsthe overlapping of these two procedures: cell updateprocedure caused by RL failure and P2D/D2P/D2F statetransition procedure. For UEs in the CELL_DCH state,the RNC performs a cell update procedure based on theretransmitted CELL UPDATE message if theretransmitted message carries an SRB or TRB resetindication. For UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCHstate, when the number of CELL UPDATE messageswith the cause value paging response or UL datatransmission exceeds the value specified by N381, theRNC sends an RRC connection release message to theUE in the cell where the UE sends the last CELLUPDATE message. For UEs in states other than



116

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CELL_DCH or in the middle of state transitions otherthan P2D, if the SRNC receives a CELL UPDATEmessage with HRNTI from a UE through the DRNCwhile waiting for the UE's response to the CELLUPDATE CONFIRM message, the SRNC considers themessage as a retransmitted one. 0. This switch is set tooff. The optimized processing for the cell updateprocedure is not supported. 22)PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH(Correct thePaging Retransmission for PTT Services over Uu)Whether to correct the retransmission period of pagingmessages for push to talk (PTT) services over the Uuinterface. 1: This switch is set to on, the retransmissionperiod of PTT services is corrected. That is, if the RNCdoes not receive a paging response within 320 ms aftersending a paging message, the RNC retransmits thepaging message. 0: This switch is set to off, theretransmission period of PTT services is not corrected.That is, the RNC retransmits a paging message onlywhen it does not receive a paging response within 640ms after sending a paging message. 23)RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWITCH (Respond to RAB Assignment Request upon RRCRelease) Whether the RNC processes the RABASSIGNMENT REQUEST message and returns aRAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CNin the following scenario: After receiving a RABRELEASE REQUEST message from the RNC torelease the last RAB of a UE, the CN does not return anIU RELEASE COMMAND message but returns a RABASSIGNMENT REQUEST instead. 1: This switch isset to on. The RNC processes the RAB ASSIGNMENTREQUEST message and returns a RABASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN in thepreceding scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNCdoes not process the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUESTmessage in the preceding scenario. 24)L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH (L2U UP DelayOptimization Switch) Whether the RNC returns aRELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN tostart UP data transmission immediately after receivinga HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE messageduring a LTE-to-UMTS handover. 1: This switch is setto on. The RNC immediately returns a RELOCATIONCOMPLETE message to the CN in the precedingscenario. 0: This switch is set to off. After the RNCqueries the UE's capability and the security mode



117

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

procedure is complete, the RNC returns aRELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN. 25)PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SWITCH (Optimize UE Selection for Outgoing Inter-RATHandover in Basic Congestion) Whether the LDRalgorithm on the RNC side updates the attribute ofoutgoing inter-RAT handover for a UE after an F2D,P2D, or D2D state transition procedure. 1: This switchis set to on. The LDR algorithm on the RNC side updatesthe attribute of outgoing inter-RAT handover for a UEafter an F2D, P2D, or D2D state transition procedure.In this way, the LDR algorithm on the RNC side canselect appropriate UEs for outgoing inter-RAThandovers when the cell is in basic congestion state. 0:This switch is set to off. The LDR algorithm on the RNCside does not update the attribute of outgoing inter-RAThandover for a UE after an F2D, P2D, or D2D statetransition procedure.GUI Value Range:SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH(SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH),RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH(RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH),CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH(CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH), D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH(D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH),F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH(F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH),FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT(FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT),FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT(FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT),RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH(RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH),SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH(SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH),P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH(P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH),UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITCH(UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITCH),D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH(D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH),



118

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH(AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH), D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH(D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH(CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH),H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH),FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH(FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH),RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_SWITCH(RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_SWITCH),COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH(COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH),RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH(RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH),CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH(CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH),PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH(PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH),RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWITCH(RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWITCH), L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH(L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH),PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SWITCH(PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SWITCH)Unit: NoneActual Value Range:SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH,RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH,CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH,D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT,FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT,RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH,SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH,P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH,UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITCH



119

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

,D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH, D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH,H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH,RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_SWITCH,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH,RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH,CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH,RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWITCH, L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SWITCHDefault Value:SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:1,RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH:0,CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH:0,D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:0,F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:0,FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:0,FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:0,RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH:0,SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH:0,P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH:0,UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITCH:0,D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:0,AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:0,D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:0,CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH:1,H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:0,FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH:0,RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_SWITCH:0,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH:0,RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH:0,CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:1,PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH:



120

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

0,RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWITCH:0,L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:1,PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SWITCH:0



121

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

OptimizationSwitch3

BSC6910

SETURRCTRLSWITCH

WRFD-010901WRFD-01061006WRFD-020203WRFD-010902WRFD-010101WRFD-010510WRFD-020202WRFD-010801WRFD-010802

IntraRNCURAUpdateHSDPAMobilityManagementInterRNCSoftHandoverInterRNCURAUpdate3GPPR9Specifications3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2KbpsRRCConnection andRadioAccessBearerEstablishmentandReleaseIntraRNCSoftHandoverIntraRNCCellUpdateInterRNC

Meaning: 1)SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCHWhether the RNC measures one successful handover orrelocation when receiving an Iu release commandmessage with the cause value "Network Optimization"from the CN during an outgoing relocation or outgoinginter-RAT handover procedure. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC measures one successful handover orrelocation. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCmeasures one failed handover or relocation. 2)RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH Whether PSservices are established on the FACH upon callreestablishment. 1: This switch is turned on. PS servicesare established on the FACH upon a call reestablishmenttriggered by either of the following factors: - Alldownlink radio links for a UE are out ofsynchronization. - The SRB over the Uu interface isreset. 0: This switch is turned off. PS services areestablished on the DCH upon a call reestablishmenttriggered by either of the preceding factors. 3)CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCHWhether the RNC repeatedly calculates the number ofcell update attempts. A UE sends a CELL UPDATEmessage in cell 1 and then sends another in cell 2 beforereceiving a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message fromthe RNC or responding to the CELL UPDATECONFIRM message. The UE completes the cell updateprocedure in cell 2. In the preceding scenario, 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC measures one cell updateattempt only. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCrepeatedly measures cell update attempts. 4)D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCHWhether the optimized D2F procedure takes effect. 1:This switch is turned on. An expired D2F procedure isconsidered as successful if either of the followingconditions is met: - The RB reconfiguration message issent in unacknowledged mode (UM), and all the RLs inthe active set receive an RL Fail indication. - The RBreconfiguration message is sent in the acknowledgedmode (AM), and an ACK response is received from theUE. If neither of the preceding conditions is met, theD2F procedure is considered as expired. 0: This switchis turned off. The optimized D2F procedure does nottake effect. This switch is set to 0 by default. 5)F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCHWhether the optimized F2D procedure takes effect. 1:This switch is turned on. An expired F2D procedure is



122

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CellUpdate

considered as successful if the RL status is normal. Ifthe RL status is not normal, the F2D procedure isconsidered as expired. 0: This switch is turned off. Theoptimized F2D procedure does not take effect. Thisswitch is set to 0 by default. 6)FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT 1:This switch is turned on. Load sharing of UEs in theCELL_PCH state is not triggered among SPUsubsystems and the UEs in the CELL_PCH state areperiodically released on this SPU subsystem if thefollowing conditions are met: - The CPU usage of theSPU subsystem exceeds a specified threshold andexceeds the average CPU usage of the SPU subsystemsunder the RNC. - The number of online UEs in theCELL_PCH state on this SPU subsystem exceeds theaverage number of UEs in the CELL_PCH state on theSPU subsystems under the RNC. 0: This switch isturned off. Load sharing of UEs in the CELL_PCH stateis triggered among SPU subsystems if the followingconditions are met: - The CPU usage of the SPUsubsystem exceeds a specified threshold and exceedsthe average CPU usage of the SPU subsystems underthe RNC. - The number of online UEs in theCELL_PCH state on this SPU subsystem exceeds theaverage number of UEs in the CELL_PCH state on theSPU subsystems under the RNC. 7)FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC selects another DSPto perform load sharing on the user plane when alwaysonline users are activated. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC does not perform load sharing on the userplane when always online users are activated. 8)RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCHWhether the serving cell change procedure is allowedduring the release of all PS RABs. 1: This switch isturned on. The serving cell change procedure is notallowed during the release of all PS RABs. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The serving cell change procedureis allowed during the release of all PS RABs. 9)SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH How theRNC will react if it receives an SCRI message with thecause value "UE Requested PS Data session end" in themiddle of another procedure. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC maintains the original RRC state and doesnot release the connection of the related UE if the RNCreceives an SCRI message with the preceding causevalue in the middle of another procedure. 0: This switch



123

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

is turned off. The RNC releases the connection of theUE if both of the following conditions are met: TheRNC receives an SCRI message with the precedingcause value in the middle of another procedure. TheTAC of the UE does not belong to the TACs that areenabled with fast dormancy. 10)P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH Whether the RNCretransmits a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message to aUE that is transitioning from the CELL_PCH orURA_PCH state to the CELL_FACH state. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC retransmits a CELLUPDATE CONFIRM message to a UE that istransitioning from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH stateto the CELL_FACH state. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC does not retransmit a CELL UPDATECONFIRM message to a UE that is transitioning fromthe CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to theCELL_FACH state. 11)UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITCHWhether to notify the NodeB of the abnormal RL releasedue to poor Uu interface quality. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC notifies the NodeB of the abnormal RLrelease due to poor Uu interface quality. 0: This switchis turned off. The RNC does not notify the NodeB of theabnormal RL release due to poor Uu interface quality.12)D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH Whether the RNC considers the D2F state transitionas successful if the RNC does not receive a responsemessage from the UE within the specified period aftersending a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURTIONmessage to the UE in acknowledged mode (AM). 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC considers the D2Fstate transition as successful if the following conditionsare met: The RNC does not receive a response from theUE within the specified period after sending a RADIOBEARER RECONFIGURATION message to the UEin AM. All radio links (RLs) for the UE are out ofsynchronization. The RLCs for all TRBs are in AM. Ifany of the preceding conditions is not met, the RNCundoes the D2F state transition. 0: This switch is turnedoff. The RNC undoes the D2F state transition if the RNCdoes not receive a response from the UE within thespecified period after sending a RADIO BEARERRECONFIGURATION message to the UE in AM. 13)AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH (Response Timer Optimization Switch for D2F and



124

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

F2D Procedures in AM) Length policy for the timer setfor the RNC to wait for a response message from the UEafter the RNC sends a RADIO BEARERRECONFIGURATION message to the UE in AMduring the D2F and F2D state transitions. 1: This switchis turned on. The length of the timer equals itsconfigured value (value of the "RbRecfgRspTmr"parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER" command)plus four seconds. 0: This switch is turned off. Thelength of this timer equals its configured value. 14)D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH (DT MessageBuffer Switch During D2P) Whether the RNC buffersthe DIRECT TRANSFER message sent by the CNduring the D2P state transition. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC buffers the DIRECT TRANSFERmessage. The RNC sends a paging message to the UEafter the D2P state transition is complete and then sendsthe buffered DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC forwards theDIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE immediatelyafter receiving it. 15)CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH Used tosolve code resource conflicts in compressed mode. 1:This switch is turned on. Code resource conflicts incompressed mode are solved. 0: This switch is turnedoff. Code resource conflicts in compressed mode are notsolved. 16)H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(Enable H Serving Cell Change MSG Size Reduction)Whether to reduce the size of the HSDPA serving cellchange message. 1: This switch is turned on. The sizeof the HSDPA serving cell change message is reduced.0: This switch is turned off. The size of the HSDPAserving cell change message is not reduced. 17)FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH(Fast HSDPA Serving Cell Change OptimizationSwitch) Whether to enable the fast HSDPA serving cellchange optimization function. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC includes the IE Delay restriction flag inthe PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATIONmessage. For details about the IE Delay restriction flag,see section 10.2.22 in 3GPP TS25.331. 0: This switchis turned off. The RNC does not include the IE Delayrestriction flag in the PHYSICAL CHANNELRECONFIGURATION message. 18)RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_SWITCH(SHO Counting Correction Switch in RL



125

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

Reestablish) When the RL reestablishment function isenabled, a soft handover procedure is considered assuccessful even if the ASU CMP message is notreceived if RL reestablishment is triggered during thesoft handover. This parameter specifies whether tocorrect the counting of successful soft handovers whenRL reestablishment is triggered during the softhandover. 1: This switch is turned on. Such a softhandover procedure is considered as failed. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. Such a soft handover procedure isconsidered as successful. 19)COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCHWhether to enable certain state transition-relatedcounters to be incremented on a PS RAB basis. Thesecounters include the VS.DCCC.P2D.Att,VS.DCCC.P2D.Succ, VS.DCCC.Att.D2U, andVS.DCCC.Succ.D2U counters. 1: This switch is turnedon. These counters are incremented on a PS RAB basis.0: This switch is turned off. These counters areincremented on a UE basis. 20)RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH(RABSetup Failure Statistical Optimization Switch) Whetherto optimize the statistics of counters measuring RABsetup failures and abnormal RAB releases. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. Under this circumstance, thestatistics of counters measuring RAB setup failures andabnormal RAB releases are optimized. 0: This switch isturned off. Under this circumstance, the statistics ofcounters measuring RAB setup failures and abnormalRAB releases are not optimized. 21)CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH (CellUpdate Procedure Optimization Switch) Whether toenable the optimized processing for the cell updateprocedure. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC supportsthe overlapping of these two procedures: cell updateprocedure caused by RL failure and P2D/D2P/D2F statetransition procedure. For UEs in the CELL_DCH state,the RNC performs a cell update procedure based on theretransmitted CELL UPDATE message if theretransmitted message carries an SRB or TRB resetindication. For UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCHstate, when the number of CELL UPDATE messageswith the cause value paging response or UL datatransmission exceeds the value specified by N381, theRNC sends an RRC connection release message to theUE in the cell where the UE sends the last CELLUPDATE message. For UEs in states other than



126

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CELL_DCH or in the middle of state transitions otherthan P2D, if the SRNC receives a CELL UPDATEmessage with HRNTI from a UE through the DRNCwhile waiting for the UE's response to the CELLUPDATE CONFIRM message, the SRNC considers themessage as a retransmitted one. 0. This switch is set tooff. The optimized processing for the cell updateprocedure is not supported. 22)PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH(Correct thePaging Retransmission for PTT Services over Uu)Whether to correct the retransmission period of pagingmessages for push to talk (PTT) services over the Uuinterface. 1: This switch is set to on, the retransmissionperiod of PTT services is corrected. That is, if the RNCdoes not receive a paging response within 320 ms aftersending a paging message, the RNC retransmits thepaging message. 0: This switch is set to off, theretransmission period of PTT services is not corrected.That is, the RNC retransmits a paging message onlywhen it does not receive a paging response within 640ms after sending a paging message. 23)RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWITCH (Respond to RAB Assignment Request upon RRCRelease) Whether the RNC processes the RABASSIGNMENT REQUEST message and returns aRAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CNin the following scenario: After receiving a RABRELEASE REQUEST message from the RNC torelease the last RAB of a UE, the CN does not return anIU RELEASE COMMAND message but returns a RABASSIGNMENT REQUEST instead. 1: This switch isset to on. The RNC processes the RAB ASSIGNMENTREQUEST message and returns a RABASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN in thepreceding scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNCdoes not process the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUESTmessage in the preceding scenario. 24)L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH (L2U UP DelayOptimization Switch) Whether the RNC returns aRELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN tostart UP data transmission immediately after receivinga HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE messageduring a LTE-to-UMTS handover. 1: This switch is setto on. The RNC immediately returns a RELOCATIONCOMPLETE message to the CN in the precedingscenario. 0: This switch is set to off. After the RNCqueries the UE's capability and the security mode



127

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

procedure is complete, the RNC returns aRELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN. 25)PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SWITCH (Optimize UE Selection for Outgoing Inter-RATHandover in Basic Congestion) Whether the LDRalgorithm on the RNC side updates the attribute ofoutgoing inter-RAT handover for a UE after an F2D,P2D, or D2D state transition procedure. 1: This switchis set to on. The LDR algorithm on the RNC side updatesthe attribute of outgoing inter-RAT handover for a UEafter an F2D, P2D, or D2D state transition procedure.In this way, the LDR algorithm on the RNC side canselect appropriate UEs for outgoing inter-RAThandovers when the cell is in basic congestion state. 0:This switch is set to off. The LDR algorithm on the RNCside does not update the attribute of outgoing inter-RAThandover for a UE after an F2D, P2D, or D2D statetransition procedure.GUI Value Range:SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH(SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH),RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH(RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH),CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH(CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH), D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH(D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH),F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH(F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH),FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT(FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT),FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT(FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT),RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH(RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH),SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH(SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH),P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH(P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH),UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITCH(UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITCH),D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH(D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH),



128

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH(AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH), D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH(D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH(CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH),H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH),FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH(FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH),RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_SWITCH(RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_SWITCH),COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH(COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH),RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH(RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH),CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH(CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH),PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH(PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH),RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWITCH(RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWITCH), L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH(L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH),PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SWITCH(PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SWITCH)Unit: NoneActual Value Range:SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH,RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH,CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH,D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT,FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT,RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH,SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH,P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH,UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITCH



129

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

,D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH, D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH,H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH,RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_SWITCH,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH,RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH,CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH,RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWITCH, L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SWITCHDefault Value:SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:1,RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH:0,CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH:0,D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:0,F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:0,FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:0,FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:0,RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH:0,SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH:0,P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH:0,UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITCH:0,D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:0,AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:0,D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:0,CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH:1,H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:0,FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH:0,RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_SWITCH:0,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH:0,RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH:0,CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:1,PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH:



130

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

0,RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWITCH:0,L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:1,PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SWITCH:0



131

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

PROCESSSWITCH4

BSC6900

SETURRCTRLSWITCH

WRFD-010510WRFD-01060902WRFD-010101WRFD-140226WRFD-140103WRFD-02040002WRFD-140205WRFD-020302WRFD-020303WRFD-020304WRFD-020305WRFD-020306

3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2KbpsRRCConnection andRadioAccessBearerEstablishmentandRelease

Combination ofOne CSServiceand OnePSService

3GPPR9Specifications

FastReturnfromUMTSto LTE

CallReestablishment

InterSystemDirectRetry

VoiceServiceExperienceImprovement forWeakReception Ues

Meaning: 1)AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (HardHandover Failure Rollback Switch for CS AMR SpeechServices) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supportsrollback caused by failed hard handovers of CS AMRspeech services. It is recommended that the timer T312be set to 1 second (SET UCONNMODETIMER:T312=1;) before turning on this switch. If the timerT312 is not set to 1 second, AMR noise will occur onsome UEs. If the AMRC feature is enabled, the RNCsupports the hard handover failure rollback of only for12.2 kbit/s narrowband AMR services. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC does not support rollback causedby failed hard handovers of CS AMR speech services,leading to call drops. 2)RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH (RRCCONNECTION SETUP Message OptimizationSwitch) Whether optimization of the RRCCONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. Optimization of the RRCCONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. If the IERLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRCCONNECTION SETUP message contains the sameinformation as that under SRB2, the RNC replaces theIE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same asRB:0x2(2) to shorten the length of the message. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC does not replace the IERLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRCCONNECTION SETUP message. 3)PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH (Switchfor Simultaneous PS Service Setup F2D and CellUpdate Procedures) During the PS service setup, theRNC undoes a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D forshort) procedure when it receives a Cell Update messagewith the cause value "cell reselection" during the F2Dprocedure. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCtemporarily does not send theRANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message to theCN after the F2D procedure is undone and waits untilthe Cell Update message is processed and the PS serviceis set up successfully. 0: This switch is turned off. TheRNC directly responds to the CN with aRANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message withthe cause value "failure-in-the-radio-interface-procedure" after the F2D procedure is undone,indicating that the PS service fails to be set up. 4)TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH (Switch for



132

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

InterFrequency HardHandover BasedonCoverageInter-RATHandover BasedonCoverageInterFrequency HardHandover Basedon DLQoSInter-RATHandover BasedonServiceInter-RATHandover Basedon Load

Throughput Increase in the Case of Simultaneous uplinkand downlink Transmissions) This switch is turned onto increase the total throughput in the uplink anddownlink only when uplink and downlink HSPA datais transmitted simultaneously. In other scenarios, youare advised to turn off the switch. 1: This switch isturned on. The function of increasing the totalthroughput in the case of simultaneous uplink anddownlink transmissions takes effect. 0: This switch isturned off. The function of increasing the totalthroughput in the case of simultaneous uplink anddownlink transmissions does not take effect. 5)PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RLReestablishments During the Physical ChannelReconfiguration) 1: This switch is turned on. When UEsends the RNC a Cell Update message with the causevalue "Radio Link Failure", the RNC reestablishes theradio link for the UE under the following conditions:The UE has not responded to the Physical ChannelReconfiguration message. The RNC detects interrupteddownlink transmission on SRB2 or the NodeB reportsthat all radio links of the UE are out of synchronization.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does notreestablish the radio link for the UE under the precedingconditions. 6) IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Iur RLReestablishment Switch) 1: This switch is turned on.The RNC deletes the existing Iur radio links for the UEduring the RNC performing radio link reestablishment.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not deletethe existing Iur radio links during the RNC performingradio link reestablishment. 7)RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RLReestablishment or Cell Update During an RB Setup)1: This switch is turned on. When the RNC is waitingfor a UE's response during a radio bearer (RB) setupCELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure: TheRNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if theRNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset atlayer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out ofsynchronization upon expiration of the RL Restoretimer. The RNC performs a cell update if the RNCreceives a CELL UPDATE message with the causevalue of RL FAILURE, RLC UNRECOVERABLEERROR, or REENTERED SERVICE AREA. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. When the RNC is waiting for a UE'sresponse during an RB setup D2D procedure, the RNCdoes not perform an RL reestablishment or cell update



133

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

even if the trigger conditions are met. 8)RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH (The CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state (F2D)transition switch by TRB reset) When the RNC receivesa TRB reset request from a UE in the CELL_FACHstate, the RNC cannot respond to the UE with a confirmmessage if the FACH is congested. TheRRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH parameter specifies whether a UE performs an F2Dtransition if the number of TRB reset requests from theUE to the RNC reaches a specified threshold. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The UE moves from theCELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The UE does not move from theCELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. Thisfunction helps to reduce the number of call drops causedby the RNC not responding to the TRB reset requestsduring FACH congestion. 9)SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH (MM NULL MessageSwitch) Whether the RNC sends an MM NULLmessage to the CS CN. If the switchRNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH underPROCESSSWITCH2 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand is turned on, testing the interworking betweenthe RNC and the CN is required. If the CN needs toverify the serial number of direct transfer messages, turnon this switch. The RNC rather than the CS CN sendsan IDENTITY REQUEST message to a UE to obtainits IMEI. Upon receiving an IDENTITY RESPONSEmessage from the UE: 1: This switch is turned on. TheRNC sends an MM NULL message to the CS CN. 0:This switch is turned off. The RNC does not send anMM NULL message to the CS CN. 10)FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH CS pagingmessage processing switch for UEs in the CELL_PCHor URA_PCH state that support fast dormancy on thedrift radio network controller (DRNC) side. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The SRNC instructs these UEs totransition to the CELL_DCH state and to establish CSservices when these UEs receive a CS paging message.0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC releases theconnection of these UEs when these UEs receive a CSpaging message. 11)CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCHWhether the RNC releases the connection of a UE in astate other than CELL_DCH when the T314/T315 timerin the cell update message received by the UE expires.



134

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

1: This switch is turned on. The RNC continues with thecell update processing when the T314/T315 timer in thecell update message expires. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC abnormally releases the connection of the UEwhen the T314/T315 timer in the cell update messageexpires. 12) CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous Reconfigure Switch for CS HHO) 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC does not put theactivation time information element (IE) in the hardhandover configuration message for CS services. Afterreceiving the message, the UE immediately activates theconfiguration. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCputs the activation time IE in the hard handoverconfiguration message for CS services. After receivingthe message, the UE activates the configuration at thespecified activation time. 13)PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(AsynchronousReconfigure Switch for PS HHO) 1: This switch isturned on. The RNC does not put the activation timeinformation element (IE) in the hard handoverconfiguration message for PS services. After receivingthe message, the UE immediately activates theconfiguration. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCputs the activation time IE in the hard handoverconfiguration message for PS services. After receivingthe message, the UE activates the configuration at thespecified activation time. 14)IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(AsynchronousReconfigure Switch for Iur HHO) 1: This switch isturned on. The RNC does not put the activation timeinformation element (IE) in the hard handoverconfiguration message across the Iur interface. Afterreceiving the message, the UE immediately activates theconfiguration. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCputs the activation time IE in the hard handoverconfiguration message across the Iur interface. Afterreceiving the message, the UE activates theconfiguration at the specified activation time. 15)R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH (Switch forPreferentially Allocating DPUe Resources to UEs ThatComply with 3GPP Release 8 or Later) 1: This switchis turned on. The RNC preferentially allocates DPUeresources in any subrack to UEs that comply with 3GPPRelease 8 or later. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCpreferentially allocates DPU resources in the subrackthat the UEs access to UEs that comply with 3GPPRelease 8 or later. The RNC allocates DPU resources in



135

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

other subracks only when the amount of consumed DPUresources in this subrack exceeds a preset threshold forinter-subrack resource sharing. 16)F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Switchfor Optimized Data Transmission before a StateTransition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH orURA_PCH) Whether the RNC queries the RLC statebefore and after a UE moves from the CELL_FACHstate to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event4B. A UE in the CELL_FACH state can move to theCELL_PCH or URA_PCH state even when there isdownlink data transmission for the UE. When thisoccurs, data packets are suspended on the RNC side.This switch is introduced to solve this problem. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC queries the RLC statebefore a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state to theCELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event 4B. If thestate query fails, the UE does not perform the statetransition. If the state query succeeds, the UE continueswith the state transition. The RNC queries the RLC stateagain after the state transition is complete and before theL2 link is deactivated. If there is SRB3, SRB4, or TRBdata to be transmitted to the UE on the RLC, the pagingprocedure is triggered. 0: This switch is turned off. Theoriginal state transition from CELL_FACH toCELL_PCH or URA_PCH is used. This parameter is anadvanced parameter. To modify this parameter, contactHuawei Customer Service Center for technical support.17)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RL Reestablishments During the inter-RATHandover) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCreestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a inter-RAT Handover procedure if the RNC detects a signalingradio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLsfor the UE are out of synchronization upon expirationof the RL Restore timer after the RNC sends UE aHANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND messageor a CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRANmessage and UE fails to receive these two messages. 0:This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablishthe radio link for the UE under the preceding conditions.18)TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch forRL Reestablishments Triggered by TRB RESET) 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a radiolink (RL) for the UE if the RNC detects a traffic radiobearer (TRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) under the followingconditions: UE is in CELL_DCH state and UE is not in



136

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

any signaling procedure. UE has only one PS RAB. 0:This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablishthe radio link for the UE under the preceding conditions.19)RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RLReestablishments During a PS RB Release) 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a radio link(RL) for the UE during a PS radio bearer (RB) releaseprocedure under the following conditions: The RNCdetects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2(L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out ofsynchronization upon expiration of the RL Restoretimer or UE has no response to RNC after RNC sendsUE a RADIO BEARER RELEASE message. The UEhas both CS RAB and PS RAB. The UE is inCELL_DCH state. It is recommended that this switchbe used together with theRB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCHin the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the "SETURRCTRLSWITCH" command. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC does not reestablish the radio linkfor the UE under the preceding conditions. 20)RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for Enhanced RL Reestablishments During anRB setup) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCreestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a radiobearer (RB) setup CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D)procedure under the following conditions: The RNCdetects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2(L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out ofsynchronization upon expiration of the RL Restoretimer and the UE has received the RADIO BEARERSETUP message. The UE has no response to the RNCafter the RNC sends UE a RADIO BEARER SETUPmessage. The switchRB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH under"PROCESSSWITCH4" in the "SETURRCTRLSWITCH" command should be turned on.And it is recommended that theRB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCHandRB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_SWITCH in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command be set to on. 0:This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablishthe radio link for the UE under the preceding conditions.21)RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH Whetherto correct the methods for measuring the counters



137

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

related to RAB setup or reconfiguration failures of UEsin the CELL_FACH state. The RAB setup orreconfiguration is triggered by the F2F or F2D statetransition. This switch is turned off by default. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The measurement methods of thesecounters are corrected based on the measurement points.0: This switch is turned off. The measurement methodsof these counters remain unchanged. 22)PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEERROR_SWITCH Whether to reestablish the call for the UE that sendsa CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "RLCunrecoverable error" in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCHstate. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishesthe call for the UE that sends a CELL UPDATE messagewith the cause value "RLC unrecoverable error" in theCELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC does not reestablish the call for theUE that sends a CELL UPDATE message with the causevalue "RLC unrecoverable error" in the CELL_PCH orURA_PCH state. 23)FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH Whether a UMTS/LTE UE performs fast cellreselection. 1: This switch is turned on. If the best cellis configured with a neighboring LTE cell and itspriority is lower than the priority of the neighboringLTE cell, the UE performs fast cell reselection. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The UE does not perform fast cellreselection. 24)UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCHWhether a UMTS/LTE UE transits from CELL_DCHto CELL_PCH or from CELL_DCH to the idle modewhen an inactivity timer expires. The inactivity timer isspecified by the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch parameterin the SET UPSINACTTIMER command. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The UMTS/LTE UE transits fromCELL_DCH to the idle mode when the inactivity timerexpires. 0: This switch is turned off. The UMTS/LTEUE transits from the CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH whenthe inactivity timer expires. 25)PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCHWhether the enhanced function of call reestablishmentduring physical channel reconfiguration takes effect.Whether to preferentially process a CELL UPDATEmessage when physical channel reconfiguration is inprogress. The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE messagefrom a UE with a cause value of "radio link failure","RLC unrecoverable error", or "re-entering service



138

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

area" when expecting a response from the UE to thephysical channel reconfiguration process. In thisscenario, 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCpreferentially processes the CELL UPDATE message.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does notpreferentially process the CELL UPDATE message.This parameter takes effect only when thePHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH checkbox under the "PROCESSSWITCH4" parameter in the"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 26)RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether theenhanced function of call reestablishment during RBreconfiguration takes effect. Whether to preferentiallyprocess a CELL UPDATE message when RBreconfiguration is in progress. The RNC receives aCELL UPDATE message from a UE with a cause valueof "radio link failure", "RLC unrecoverable error", or"re-entering service area" when expecting a responsefrom the UE to the RB reconfiguration process. In thisscenario, 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCpreferentially processes the CELL UPDATE message.It is recommended that this switch be used together withtheRB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCHin the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the "SETURRCTRLSWITCH" command. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC does not preferentially process theCELL UPDATE message. This parameter takes effectonly when the RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCHcheck box under the "OptimizationSwitch" parameterin the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command isselected. 27)SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH Whether tostop RLC entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2)for security-mode-enabled UEs whose user signaling(except cell-related signaling) is processed by theiroverflow RNCs due to load sharing and that are in thesecurity mode. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCstops RLC entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2)for such UEs. This prevents call drops that are causedby the ciphering activation time inconsistency betweenthe UEs and RNC. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCsuspends RLC entities (except RLC entities used bySRB2) for such UEs. 28)GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWITCH Whether the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IURELEASE COMPLETE message carries the IE GTPPDU SN during the release procedure initiated by the



139

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

UTRAN of the PS domain. 1: This switch is turned on.The RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASECOMPLETE message carries the IE GTP PDU SN. Fordetails, see 3GPP TS 25.413. 0: This switch is turnedoff. The RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASECOMPLETE message does not carry the IE GTP PDUSN. 29)CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCHWhether to allow the compatibility processing ofreordering the GTP-U DL transmission if the RABASSIGNMENT REQUEST message carries the IEDelivery Order with the value of delivery-order-requested. 1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U DLtransmission is not reordered. 0: This switch is turnedoff. The GTP-U DL transmission uses the DL GTP PDUSN carried by the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUESTmessage as the first SN for reordering. 30)DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH Whether not toimmediately process a TRB RESET message if thecorresponding TRB resets when an RRC-relatedprocess is in progress. Note that the RRC-relatedprocess is a process that is initiated after the UE inquestion has set up a service. 1: This switch is turnedon, The RNC processes the message after the RRC-related process is complete. 0: This switch is turned off,The RNC immediately processes the message, releasesthe RAB of the UE, and notifies the CN that the releaseis an abnormal release. 31)RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH Whether to trigger a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for a UE not performingany RRC-related process if the RNC detects a TRBreset. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers aCELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for sucha UE upon detecting a TRB reset. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC directly releases the service of theUE and notifies the CN that the release is an abnormalrelease. 32)RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCHWhether to allow data transmission when the RNCreceives a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST messagethat carries the transport layer information after the PSservice has been established. 1: This switch is turned on.The RNC reconfigures the transport layer informationand continues with data transmission. For details, see3GPP TS 25.413. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCdoes not reconfigure the transport layer information anddata cannot be transmitted.



140

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

GUI Value Range:PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH, SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEERROR_SWITCH,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWITCH, CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCHUnit: NoneActual Value Range:PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITC



141

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

H, SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEERROR_SWITCH,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWITCH, CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCHDefault Value:PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:0,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:0,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:0,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:0,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH:0,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH:0,SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH:0,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH:0,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH:0,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:0,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:0,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:0,R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH:0,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:0,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH:



142

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

0,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH:0,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEERROR_SWITCH:0,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH:0,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH:0,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH:1,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWITCH:1,CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH:0,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH:0,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH:0,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH:1



143

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

ProcessSwitch4

BSC6910

SETURRCTRLSWITCH



Combination ofOne CSServiceand OnePSService


FastReturnfromUMTSto LTE

CallReestablishment

InterSystemDirectRetry

VoiceServiceExperienceImprovement forWeakReception Ues

Meaning: 1)AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (HardHandover Failure Rollback Switch for CS AMR SpeechServices) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supportsrollback caused by failed hard handovers of CS AMRspeech services. It is recommended that the timer T312be set to 1 second (SET UCONNMODETIMER:T312=1;) before turning on this switch. If the timerT312 is not set to 1 second, AMR noise will occur onsome UEs. If the AMRC feature is enabled, the RNCsupports the hard handover failure rollback of only for12.2 kbit/s narrowband AMR services. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC does not support rollback causedby failed hard handovers of CS AMR speech services,leading to call drops. 2)RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH (RRCCONNECTION SETUP Message OptimizationSwitch) Whether optimization of the RRCCONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. Optimization of the RRCCONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. If the IERLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRCCONNECTION SETUP message contains the sameinformation as that under SRB2, the RNC replaces theIE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same asRB:0x2(2) to shorten the length of the message. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC does not replace the IERLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRCCONNECTION SETUP message. 3)PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH (Switchfor Simultaneous PS Service Setup F2D and CellUpdate Procedures) During the PS service setup, theRNC undoes a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D forshort) procedure when it receives a Cell Update messagewith the cause value "cell reselection" during the F2Dprocedure. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCtemporarily does not send theRANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message to theCN after the F2D procedure is undone and waits untilthe Cell Update message is processed and the PS serviceis set up successfully. 0: This switch is turned off. TheRNC directly responds to the CN with aRANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message withthe cause value "failure-in-the-radio-interface-procedure" after the F2D procedure is undone,indicating that the PS service fails to be set up. 4)TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH (Switch for



144

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

InterFrequency HardHandover BasedonCoverageInter-RATHandover BasedonCoverageInterFrequency HardHandover Basedon DLQoSInter-RATHandover BasedonServiceInter-RATHandover Basedon Load

Throughput Increase in the Case of Simultaneous uplinkand downlink Transmissions) This switch is turned onto increase the total throughput in the uplink anddownlink only when uplink and downlink HSPA datais transmitted simultaneously. In other scenarios, youare advised to turn off the switch. 1: This switch isturned on. The function of increasing the totalthroughput in the case of simultaneous uplink anddownlink transmissions takes effect. 0: This switch isturned off. The function of increasing the totalthroughput in the case of simultaneous uplink anddownlink transmissions does not take effect. 5)PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RLReestablishments During the Physical ChannelReconfiguration) 1: This switch is turned on. The UEsends the RNC a Cell Update message with the causevalue "Radio Link Failure" and the RNC reestablishesthe radio link for the UE under the following conditions:The UE has not responded to the Physical ChannelReconfiguration message. The RNC detects interrupteddownlink transmission on SRB2 or the NodeB reportsthat all radio links of the UE are out of synchronization.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does notreestablish the radio link for the UE under the precedingconditions. 6) IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Iur RLReestablishment Switch) 1: This switch is turned on.The RNC deletes the existing Iur radio links for the UEduring the RNC performing radio link reestablishment.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not deletethe existing Iur radio links during the RNC performingradio link reestablishment. 7)RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RLReestablishment or Cell Update During an RB Setup)1: This switch is turned on. When the RNC is waitingfor a UE's response during a radio bearer (RB) setupCELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure: TheRNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if theRNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset atlayer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out ofsynchronization upon expiration of the RL Restoretimer. The RNC performs a cell update if the RNCreceives a CELL UPDATE message with the causevalue of RL FAILURE, RLC UNRECOVERABLEERROR, or REENTERED SERVICE AREA. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. When the RNC is waiting for a UE'sresponse during an RB setup D2D procedure, the RNCdoes not perform an RL reestablishment or cell update



145

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

even if the trigger conditions are met. 8)RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH (The CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state (F2D)transition switch by TRB reset) When the RNC receivesa TRB reset request from a UE in the CELL_FACHstate, the RNC cannot respond to the UE with a confirmmessage if the FACH is congested. TheRRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH parameter specifies whether a UE performs an F2Dtransition if the number of TRB reset requests from theUE to the RNC reaches a specified threshold. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The UE moves from theCELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The UE does not move from theCELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. Thisfunction helps to reduce the number of call drops causedby the RNC not responding to the TRB reset requestsduring FACH congestion. 9)SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH (MM NULL MessageSwitch) Whether the RNC sends an MM NULLmessage to the CS CN. If the switchRNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH underPROCESSSWITCH2 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand is turned on, testing the interworking betweenthe RNC and the CN is required. If the CN needs toverify the serial number of direct transfer messages, turnon this switch. The RNC rather than the CS CN sendsan IDENTITY REQUEST message to a UE to obtainits IMEI. Upon receiving an IDENTITY RESPONSEmessage from the UE: 1: This switch is turned on. TheRNC sends an MM NULL message to the CS CN. 0:This switch is turned off. The RNC does not send anMM NULL message to the CS CN. 10)FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH CS pagingmessage processing switch for UEs in the CELL_PCHor URA_PCH state that support fast dormancy on thedrift radio network controller (DRNC) side. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The SRNC instructs these UEs totransition to the CELL_DCH state and to establish CSservices when these UEs receive a CS paging message.0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC releases theconnection of these UEs when these UEs receive a CSpaging message. 11)CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCHWhether the RNC releases the connection of a UE in astate other than CELL_DCH when the T314/T315 timerin the cell update message received by the UE expires.



146

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

1: This switch is turned on. The RNC continues with thecell update processing when the T314/T315 timer in thecell update message expires. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC abnormally releases the connection of the UEwhen the T314/T315 timer in the cell update messageexpires. 12) CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous Reconfigure Switch for CS HHO) 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC does not put theactivation time information element (IE) in the hardhandover configuration message for CS services. Afterreceiving the message, the UE immediately activates theconfiguration. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCputs the activation time IE in the hard handoverconfiguration message for CS services. After receivingthe message, the UE activates the configuration at thespecified activation time. 13)PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(AsynchronousReconfigure Switch for PS HHO) 1: This switch isturned on. The RNC does not put the activation timeinformation element (IE) in the hard handoverconfiguration message for PS services. After receivingthe message, the UE immediately activates theconfiguration. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCputs the activation time IE in the hard handoverconfiguration message for PS services. After receivingthe message, the UE activates the configuration at thespecified activation time. 14)IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(AsynchronousReconfigure Switch for Iur HHO) 1: This switch isturned on. The RNC does not put the activation timeinformation element (IE) in the hard handoverconfiguration message across the Iur interface. Afterreceiving the message, the UE immediately activates theconfiguration. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCputs the activation time IE in the hard handoverconfiguration message across the Iur interface. Afterreceiving the message, the UE activates theconfiguration at the specified activation time. 15)F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Switchfor Optimized Data Transmission before a StateTransition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH orURA_PCH) Whether the RNC queries the RLC statebefore and after a UE moves from the CELL_FACHstate to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event4B. A UE in the CELL_FACH state can move to theCELL_PCH or URA_PCH state even when there isdownlink data transmission for the UE. When this



147

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

occurs, data packets are suspended on the RNC side.This switch is introduced to solve this problem. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC queries the RLC statebefore a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state to theCELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event 4B. If thestate query fails, the UE does not perform the statetransition. If the state query succeeds, the UE continueswith the state transition. The RNC queries the RLC stateagain after the state transition is complete and before theL2 link is deactivated. If there is SRB3, SRB4, or TRBdata to be transmitted to the UE on the RLC, the pagingprocedure is triggered. 0: This switch is turned off. Theoriginal state transition from CELL_FACH toCELL_PCH or URA_PCH is used. This parameter is anadvanced parameter. To modify this parameter, contactHuawei Customer Service Center for technical support.16)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RL Reestablishments During the inter-RATHandover) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCreestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a inter-RAT Handover procedure if the RNC detects a signalingradio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLsfor the UE are out of synchronization upon expirationof the RL Restore timer after the RNC sends UE aHANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND messageor a CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRANmessage and UE fails to receive these two messages. 0:This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablishthe radio link for the UE under the preceding conditions.17)TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch forRL Reestablishments Triggered by TRB RESET) 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a radiolink (RL) for the UE if the RNC detects a traffic radiobearer (TRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) under the followingconditions: UE is in CELL_DCH state and UE is not inany signaling procedure. UE has only one PS RAB. 0:This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablishthe radio link for the UE under the preceding conditions.18)RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RLReestablishments During a PS RB Release) 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a radio link(RL) for the UE during a PS radio bearer (RB) releaseprocedure under the following conditions: The RNCdetects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2(L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out ofsynchronization upon expiration of the RL Restoretimer or UE has no response to RNC after RNC sends



148

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

UE a RADIO BEARER RELEASE message. The UEhas both CS RAB and PS RAB. The UE is inCELL_DCH state. It is recommended that this switchbe used together with theRB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCHin the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the "SETURRCTRLSWITCH" command. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC does not reestablish the radio linkfor the UE under the preceding conditions. 19)RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for Enhanced RL Reestablishments During anRB setup) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCreestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a radiobearer (RB) setup CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D)procedure under the following conditions: The RNCdetects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2(L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out ofsynchronization upon expiration of the RL Restoretimer and the UE has received the RADIO BEARERSETUP message. The UE has no response to the RNCafter the RNC sends UE a RADIO BEARER SETUPmessage. The switchRB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH under"PROCESSSWITCH4" in the "SETURRCTRLSWITCH" command should be turned on.And it is recommended that theRB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCHandRB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_SWITCH in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command be set to on. 0:This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablishthe radio link for the UE under the preceding conditions.20)RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH Whetherto correct the methods for measuring the countersrelated to RAB setup or reconfiguration failures of UEsin the CELL_FACH state. The RAB setup orreconfiguration is triggered by the F2F or F2D statetransition. This switch is turned off by default. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The measurement methods of thesecounters are corrected based on the measurement points.0: This switch is turned off. The measurement methodsof these counters remain unchanged. 21)PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEERROR_SWITCH(RL Reestablishment Switch for PCH UEsExperiencing RLC Unrecoverable Errors) Whether theRNC reestablishes the radio link (RL) for the UE in the



149

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state after receiving a cellupdate message with the cause value "RLCunrecoverable error" from the UE. 1: This switch is setto on. When a UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH statesends a cell update message with the cause value "RLCunrecoverable error", the RNC reestablishes the RL forthe UE. 0: This switch is set to off. When a UE in theCELL_PCH or URA_PCH state sends a cell updatemessage with the cause value "RLC unrecoverableerror", the RNC does not reestablish the RL for the UE.22)FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH Whether a UMTS/LTE UE performs fast cellreselection. 1: This switch is turned on. If the best cellis configured with a neighboring LTE cell and itspriority is lower than the priority of the neighboringLTE cell, the UE performs fast cell reselection. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The UE does not perform fast cellreselection. 23)UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCHWhether a UMTS/LTE UE transits from CELL_DCHto CELL_PCH or from CELL_DCH to the idle modewhen an inactivity timer expires. The inactivity timer isspecified by the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch parameterin the SET UPSINACTTIMER command. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The UMTS/LTE UE transits fromCELL_DCH to the idle mode when the inactivity timerexpires. 0: This switch is turned off. The UMTS/LTEUE transits from the CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH whenthe inactivity timer expires. 24)PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCHWhether the enhanced function of call reestablishmentduring physical channel reconfiguration takes effect.Whether to preferentially process a CELL UPDATEmessage when physical channel reconfiguration is inprogress. The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE messagefrom a UE with a cause value of "radio link failure","RLC unrecoverable error", or "re-entering servicearea" when expecting a response from the UE to thephysical channel reconfiguration process. In thisscenario, 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCpreferentially processes the CELL UPDATE message.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does notpreferentially process the CELL UPDATE message.This parameter takes effect only when thePHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH checkbox under the "PROCESSSWITCH4" parameter in the



150

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 25)RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether theenhanced function of call reestablishment during RBreconfiguration takes effect. Whether to preferentiallyprocess a CELL UPDATE message when RBreconfiguration is in progress. The RNC receives aCELL UPDATE message from a UE with a cause valueof "radio link failure", "RLC unrecoverable error", or"re-entering service area" when expecting a responsefrom the UE to the RB reconfiguration process. In thisscenario, 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCpreferentially processes the CELL UPDATE message.It is recommended that this switch be used together withtheRB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCHin the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the "SETURRCTRLSWITCH" command. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC does not preferentially process theCELL UPDATE message in the preceding scenario.This parameter takes effect only when theRB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH check box underthe "OptimizationSwitch" parameter in the "SETURRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 26)SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH Whether to stop RLCentities (except RLC entities used by SRB2) forsecurity-mode-enabled UEs whose user signaling(except cell-related signaling) is processed by theiroverflow RNCs due to load sharing and that are in thesecurity mode. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCstops RLC entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2)for such UEs. This prevents call drops that are causedby the ciphering activation time inconsistency betweenthe UEs and RNC. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCsuspends RLC entities (except RLC entities used bySRB2) for such UEs. 27)GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWITCH Whether the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IURELEASE COMPLETE message carries the IE GTPPDU SN during the release procedure initiated by theUTRAN of the PS domain. 1: This switch is turned on.The RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASECOMPLETE message carries the IE GTP PDU SN. Fordetails, see 3GPP TS 25.413. 0: This switch is turnedoff. The RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASECOMPLETE message does not carry the IE GTP PDUSN. 28)CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCHWhether to allow the compatibility processing of



151

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

reordering the GTP-U DL transmission if the RABASSIGNMENT REQUEST message carries the IEDelivery Order with the value of delivery-order-requested. 1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U DLtransmission is not reordered. 0: This switch is turnedoff. The GTP-U DL transmission uses the DL GTP PDUSN carried by the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUESTmessage as the first SN for reordering. 29)DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH Whether not toimmediately process a TRB RESET message if thecorresponding TRB resets when an RRC-relatedprocess is in progress. Note that the RRC-relatedprocess is a process that is initiated after the UE inquestion has set up a service. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC processes the message after the RRC-related process is complete. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC immediately processes the message, releasesthe RAB of the UE, and notifies the CN that the releaseis an abnormal release. 30)RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH Whether to trigger a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for a UE not performingany RRC-related process if the RNC detects a TRBreset. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers aCELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for sucha UE upon detecting a TRB reset. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC directly releases the service of theUE and notifies the CN that the release is an abnormalrelease. 31)RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCHWhether to allow data transmission when the RNCreceives a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST messagethat carries the transport layer information after the PSservice has been established. 1: This switch is turned on.The RNC reconfigures the transport layer informationand continues with data transmission. For details, see3GPP TS 25.413. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCdoes not reconfigure the transport layer information anddata cannot be transmitted.GUI Value Range:PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,



152

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH, SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEERROR_SWITCH,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWITCH, CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCHUnit: NoneActual Value Range:PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH, SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,



153

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEERROR_SWITCH,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWITCH, CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCHDefault Value:PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:0,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:0,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:0,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:0,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH:0,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH:0,SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH:0,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH:0,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH:0,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:0,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:0,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:0,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:0,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH:0,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEERROR_SWITCH:0,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH:0,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH:0,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:



154

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

0,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH:1,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWITCH:1,CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH:0,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH:0,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH:0,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH:1



155

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

ImprovementSwitch

BSC6900

SETURRCTRLSWITCH


DynamicChannelConfigurationControl(DCCC)

SRNSRelocationIntroductionPackage


HSDPAover Iur

CallReestablishment

HSDPAIntroductionPackage

HSUPAIntroductionPackage

Combination ofOne CSServiceand Two

Meaning: 1)CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCHWhether to convert a specific cause value in the CauseIE in a RELOCATION FAILURE message into "NoRadio Resources Available in Target cell (53)" if anincoming SRNS relocation fails due to insufficient codeor CE resources in the target UMTS cell. The originalcause value can be "Requested Maximum Bit Rate notAvailable(20)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for DLnot Available(33)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate forUL not Available(34)", "Requested Guaranteed BitRate not Available(21)", "Requested Guaranteed BitRate for DL not Available(35)", or "RequestedGuaranteed Bit Rate for UL not Available(36)." 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC converts the cause valuein the preceding scenario and sends the CN aRELOCATION FAILURE message. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC sends the CN a RELOCATIONFAILUR message with the original cause value. 2)DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCHWhether to immediately process an SRNS CONTEXTREQUEST message when expecting a RADIOBEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETEmessage from a UE. The RNC is expecting the RADIOBEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETEmessage because the RNC is performing RBreconfiguration of a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACHstate transition for the UE. 1: This switch is turned on.The RNC immediately process the SRNS CONTEXTREQUEST message. 0: This switch is turned off. TheRNC does not immediately process the SRNSCONTEXT REQUEST message. Instead, the RNCcontinues to wait for the RADIO BEARERRECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message. 3)DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH Whether toenable the DRNC to delay releasing code resourceswhen Iur links are set up. 1: This switch is turned on.The DRNC delays releasing code resources and thedelay is 100 ms or x, whichever is smaller. x equals thesum of 35 ms and the unidirectional Iub-interface FPdelay. 0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC releasescode resources when required. 4)ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCHWhether to enable the RNC to select a CN node basedon the "Routing parameter" IE included in the INITIALDIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged every timea CS service is set up for CS+PS combined services



156

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

PSServicesIntraRNCCellUpdateInterRNCCellUpdateEncryptionCombination ofOne CSServiceandThreePSServices

when Iu Flex is applied. 1: This switch is turned on. TheRNC selects a CN node in the preceding way. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC selects a CN node basedon the "Routing parameter" IE included in the INITIALDIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged the first timea CS service is set up for CS+PS combined services ifIu Flex is applied. 5)COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCHWhether to increase the values of specific counters byone when the RNC receives an IU RELEASECOMMAND message from the CS domain and an inter-RAT handover for CS+PS combined services is inprogress. These counters are VS.CS.Erlang.RNC,VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCell, VS.RB.AMR.UL.4.75, andVS.RB.AMR.DL.4.75. 1: This switch is turned on. Thevalues of the previously mentioned counters areincreased by one in the preceding scenario. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The values of these counters areincreased by one when the RNC receives an IURELEASE COMMAND message from the CS and PSdomains of the CN and an inter-RAT handover for CS+PS combined services is in progress. 6)SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCHWhether to refuse to send a UE CAPABILITYENQUIRY message to a UE that is not in theCELL_DCH state and is performing an incoming SRNSrelocation. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC doesnot send the message to the UE. 0: This switch is turnedoff. The RNC sends the message to the UE. 7)REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCHWhether to immediately release the data of a UE froman Iur common channel if the UE initiates the DSCRprocess. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCimmediately releases the data of a UE from an Iurcommon channel if the UE initiates the DSCR process.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC releases the dataof the UE from the Iur common channel after the UEcompletes the DSCR process. 8)RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCHWhether to refuse to initiate the serving RNS relocationprocedure for Blackberry UEs that are in theCELL_DCH state and in the ciphering pending state. 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC does not initiate theprocedure for such UEs. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC initiates the procedure for such UEs. 9)COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH Whether toincrease the values of service setup attempt-related



157

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

counters by one in special scenarios. These counters areVS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR,VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.AMRWB, andVS.RAB.AttEstCS.Conv.64. The special scenarios areas follows: Scenario 1: If the RNC receives a RABASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN afterinitiating the SRNS relocation procedure, the RNCresponds with a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSEmessage instead of processing the RABASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. Scenario 2: TheMBDR algorithm is activated. The RNC receives twoRAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST messages from thesame domain of the CN before receiving an inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement report from theUE in question. In this case, the RNC responds to thefirst RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message with aRAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message instead ofprocessing the first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUESTmessage. Scenario 3: Upon receiving a RABASSIGNMENT REQUEST message where the valuesof key IEs are incorrect or key IEs do not exist, the RNCresponds with a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSEmessage instead of processing the RABASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. 1: This switch isturned on. The values of the counters that are related toservice setup attempts are increased by one in any of thepreceding special scenarios. 0: This switch is turned off.The values of the counters that are related to servicesetup attempts remain unchanged in any of thepreceding special scenarios. This parameter is aprofessional parameter and therefore you mustconfigure this parameter under the instruction ofHuawei technical support. 10)COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCHWhether to increase the values of theVS.DCCC.D2P.Att, VS.DCCC.D2P. Succ,VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Att, andVS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Succ counters on a perPS RAB basis. 1: This switch is turned on. The valuesof these counters are increased on a per PS RAB basis.0: This switch is turned off. The values of these countersare increased on a per UE basis. 11)DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH Whether toenable the RNC to delay sending a MEASUREMENTCONTROL message. 1: This switch is turned on. TheRNC starts the T1 timer after receiving a RADIOBEARER SETUP COMPLETE message. If the RNC



158

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

receives an ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPTmessage before T1 expires, the RNC stops T1, starts theT2 timer, and responds with an ACTIVATE PDPCONTEXT ACCEPT message. After T2 expires, theRNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL messageto the UE in question. After T1 expires, the RNC sendsa MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. 0:This switch is turned off. The RNC immediately sendsthe UE a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message afterreceiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETEmessage. Note that T1 is controlled by the "DelaySnd-MeaCtrlT1" parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER"command and T2 is controlled by the "DelaySnd-MeaCtrlT2" parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER"command. 12)TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH Whether torefuse to include an activation time to a RADIOBEARER SETUP message when the DRD process is inprogress. 1: This switch is turned on. An activation timeis not included to a RADIO BEARER SETUP messageif the DRD process is in progress. 0: This switch isturned off. An activation time is included to a RADIOBEARER SETUP message if the DRD process is inprogress. 13)CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCHWhether the RNC performs optimized processing if theUE does not respond within 3 seconds after receiving aDIRECT TRANSFER message from the CN during aCS call release. The value of the IE Message Type inthe DIRECT TRANSFER message is Disconnect. 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC creates a DIRECTTRANSFER message and sends it to the CN. The valueof the IE Message Type in the DIRECT TRANSFERmessage is Release. 0: This switch is turned off. TheRNC does not create the DIRECT TRANSFERmessage. 14)NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes an RLfor a UE when both of the following conditions are met:- The RNC is waiting for the UE's response in an RBreconfiguration procedure in cases other than DCCC. -The RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset or the NodeBreports that all RLs for the UE are out ofsynchronization. If the RNC receives a CELL UPDATEmessage with the cause value "RL FAILURE" or "RLCUNRECOVERABLE ERROR" while waiting for theUE's response, the RNC performs a cell update. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish an



159

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RL for the UE in the preceding scenario. 15)SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1: This switch is turnedon. When the RNC is waiting for a UE's response in thesecurity mode procedure, the RL for the UE isreestablished if the RNC detects a timeout or SRB resetor if the NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are outof synchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. TheRNC does not reestablish an RL for the UE in thepreceding scenario. 16)PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCHWhether to query the UE capability at a delayed time inthe case of a PS HO-based CSFB. 1: This switch isturned on. The RNC queries the UE capability at adelayed time in the case of a PS HO-based CSFB. Thatis, the RNC queries the UE capability after the CSservice is set up. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCqueries the UE capability during the PS HO-basedCSFB. 17)PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Paging Optimization Switch) Whether the RNCrecords the international mobile subscriber identity(IMSI) of a UE in the idle mode when the UE does notrespond to a CS paging in time and the cause valuecarried in the CS paging message is TerminatingConversational Call, Terminating Low PrioritySignalling, or Terminating Streaming Call. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC records the IMSI of theUE in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is turnedoff. The RNC does not record the IMSI of the UE in thepreceding scenario. 18)DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH(H2FControl Switch After HSPA Deactivated) Whether totransition UEs processing HSPA services to theCELL_FACH state or release these UEs after the HSPAfunction is deactivated in a cell. 1: This switch is turnedon. UEs processing HSPA services transition to theCELL_FACH state after the HSPA function isdeactivated in the cell. 0: This switch is turned off. UEsprocessing HSPA services are released after the HSPAfunction is deactivated in the cell. 19)OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCHWhether the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITYENQUIRY message to a UE in the CELL_DCH stateduring an incoming relocation procedure. 1: This switchis turned on. Under this circumstance, the RNC does notsend a UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY message to a UEin the CELL_DCH state during an incoming relocationprocedure. 0: This switch is turned off. Under this



160

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

circumstance, the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITYENQUIRY message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state inthe preceding scenario. 20)RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH Whetherto measure the number of RAB setup attempts when thecross processing of RAB setup and cell update fails orthe radio link reestablishment triggered by RAB setupfails. 1: This switch is turned on. The number of RABsetup attempts is measured. 0: This switch is turned off.The number of RAB setup attempts is not measured. 21)FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI Whether to delay the assignment of the URNTIfrom one UE to another when the timer for the UE towait for a response message from the RNC expires afterthe UE in the CELL_FACH state sends an RRCCONNECTION RELEASE message on the DCCH.This switch prevents the assignment of the URNTI fromone UE to another to avoid URNTI conflicts. Thisswitch is turned off by default. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC delays the assignment of the URNTI fromthe current UE to another UE. 0: This switch is turnedoff. The RNC immediately assigns the URNTI from thecurrent UE to another UE. 22)FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI Whether to delay the assignment of the URNTIfrom one UE to another when the timer for the UE towait for a response message from the RNC expires afterthe UE in the CELL_FACH state sends an RRCCONNECTION RELEASE message on the CCCH.This switch prevents the assignment of the URNTI fromone UE to another to avoid URNTI conflicts. Thisswitch is turned off by default. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC delays the assignment of the URNTI fromthe current UE to another UE. 0: This switch is turnedoff. The RNC immediately assigns the URNTI from thecurrent UE to another UE. 23)DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWITCH Whether to discard the cell reselection-triggeredCELL UPDATE message when the RNC receives thismessage from a UE in the CELL_DCH state. The cellreselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message can besent only by a UE in a state other than CELL_DCH. Ifthe RNC receives this message from a UE in theCELL_DCH state, the RNC considers this messageabnormal and discards it. This switch is turned off bydefault. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC discardsthe cell reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message.



161

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not discardthis message. 24)SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SWITCH Whether the main SPU subsystem cancels theperiodic transmission of status notification messages toother SPU subsystems when the number of SPU boardsis close to the full configuration. 1: This switch is turnedon. The main SPU subsystem cancels the periodictransmission of status notification messages to otherSPU subsystems. 0: This switch is turned off. The mainSPU subsystem periodically sends status notificationmessages to other SPU subsystems. 25)RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWITCH Whether to release the RRC connection when theRNC receives from the UE a RECONFIGURATIONFAILURE message with the cause value of"Incompatible simultaneous reconfiguration" or"Invalid configuration" during the RB Reconfigure F2DDRD procedure. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCreleases the RRC connection for the UE. 0: This switchis turned off. The RNC does not release the RRCconnection for the UE. 26)PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH Whether to measure the number of PTT RAB setupattempts for PTT RAB setup failures. 1: This switch isturned on. The number of PTT RAB setup attempts ismeasured. 0: This switch is turned off. The number ofPTT RAB setup attempts is not measured. 27)P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCHWhether to roll back the P2D DRD procedure and selecta new cell for retry after the RNC receives a CELLUPDATE message with the cause value of "Radio linkfailure" during the waiting for a response message fromthe UE for P2D DRD. This switch is turned off bydefault. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rolls backthe P2D DRD procedure and selects a new cell for retry.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC uses the currentprocessing method and does not select a new cell forretry. 28)TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_SWITCH Whether to reestablish the TRB that uses the UMRLC mode after the RNC receives a CELL UPDATEmessage triggered by a TRB reset. 1: This switch isturned on. The RNC does not reestablish the TRB thatuses the UM RLC mode. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC uses the current processing method andreestablishes the TRB that uses the UM RLC mode. 29)



162

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SWITCH Whether to send an initial direct transfer messageto another CN node without SCCP congestion when theconfigured CN node experiences SCCP congestion inIu Flex networking. 1: This switch is turned on. Theinitial direct transfer message is sent to another CN nodewithout SCCP congestion if the configured CN nodeexperiences SCCP congestion in Iu Flex networking. 0:This switch is turned off. The initial direct transfermessage is sent to the configured CN node even if theconfigured CN node experiences SCCP congestion inIu Flex networking. 30)CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH When the RNCdelays the transmission of a routing area update messageto the CN in the following scenario: A CS service on anLTE network is transferred to a UMTS network by CSfallback (CSFB) and the CS service has not establishedon the UMTS network. The UE has sent a DIRECTTRANSFER or INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFERmessage to the CN. 1: This switch is turned on. TheRNC sends a routing area update message to the CNonly after it receives a RADIO BEARER SETUPCOMPLETE message or after "Delayed Routing AreaUpdate Timer for CSFB UEs" expires. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC does not delay the transmission ofthe routing area update message. 31)CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCHWhether the RNC initiates the IMEI-based IdentityRequest procedure before the CS service is establishedon the UMTS network in the case of CSFB. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC does not initiate the IMEI-based Identity Request procedure. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC initiates the IMEI-based IdentityRequest procedure.GUI Value Range:CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH,DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH,DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH,ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH,COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH,SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH,REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH,RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH,COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH,DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH,



163

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH,CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH,NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH,PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH,PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH,OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH,RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI,FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI,DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWITCH,SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SWITCH,RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWITCH,PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCH,TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_SWITCH,ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SWITCH, CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH,CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCHUnit: NoneActual Value Range:CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH,DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH,DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH,ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH,COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH,SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH,REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH,RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH,COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH,DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH,TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH,CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH,NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH,PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH,PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,



164

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH,OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH,RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI,FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI,DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWITCH,SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SWITCH,RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWITCH,PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCH,TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_SWITCH,ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SWITCH, CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH,CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCHDefault Value:CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH:0,DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH:0,DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH:0,ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH:0,COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH:0,SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH:0,REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH:0,RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH:0,COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH:0 ,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH:0 ,DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH:0 ,TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH:0,CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH:0,NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH:0,PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:0,DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH:0,OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH:0,RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:1,FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI:0,FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI:



165

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

0,DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWITCH:0,SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SWITCH:1,RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWITCH:0,PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:0,P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCH:0,TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_SWITCH:0,ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SWITCH:1,CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH:0,CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCH:0



166

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

ImprovementSwitch

BSC6910

SETURRCTRLSWITCH


DynamicChannelConfigurationControl(DCCC)

SRNSRelocationIntroductionPackage


HSDPAover Iur

CallReestablishment

HSDPAIntroductionPackage

HSUPAIntroductionPackage

Combination ofOne CSServiceand Two

Meaning: 1)CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCHWhether to convert a specific cause value in the CauseIE in a RELOCATION FAILURE message into "NoRadio Resources Available in Target cell (53)" if anincoming SRNS relocation fails due to insufficient codeor CE resources in the target UMTS cell. The originalcause value can be "Requested Maximum Bit Rate notAvailable(20)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for DLnot Available(33)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate forUL not Available(34)", "Requested Guaranteed BitRate not Available(21)", "Requested Guaranteed BitRate for DL not Available(35)", or "RequestedGuaranteed Bit Rate for UL not Available(36)." 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC converts the cause valuein the preceding scenario and sends the CN aRELOCATION FAILURE message. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC sends the CN a RELOCATIONFAILUR message with the original cause value. 2)DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCHWhether to immediately process an SRNS CONTEXTREQUEST message when expecting a RADIOBEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETEmessage from a UE. The RNC is expecting the RADIOBEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETEmessage because the RNC is performing RBreconfiguration of a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACHstate transition for the UE. 1: This switch is turned on.The RNC immediately process the SRNS CONTEXTREQUEST message. 0: This switch is turned off. TheRNC does not immediately process the SRNSCONTEXT REQUEST message. Instead, the RNCcontinues to wait for the RADIO BEARERRECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message. 3)DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH Whether toenable the DRNC to delay releasing code resourceswhen Iur links are set up. 1: This switch is turned on.The DRNC delays releasing code resources and thedelay is 100 ms or x, whichever is smaller. x equals thesum of 35 ms and the unidirectional Iub-interface FPdelay. 0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC releasescode resources when required. 4)ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCHWhether to enable the RNC to select a CN node basedon the "Routing parameter" IE included in the INITIALDIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged every timea CS service is set up for CS+PS combined services



167

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

PSServicesIntraRNCCellUpdateInterRNCCellUpdateEncryptionCombination ofOne CSServiceandThreePSServices

when Iu Flex is applied. 1: This switch is turned on. TheRNC selects a CN node in the preceding way. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC selects a CN node basedon the "Routing parameter" IE included in the INITIALDIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged the first timea CS service is set up for CS+PS combined services ifIu Flex is applied. 5)COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCHWhether to increase the values of specific counters byone when the RNC receives an IU RELEASECOMMAND message from the CS domain and an inter-RAT handover for CS+PS combined services is inprogress. These counters are VS.CS.Erlang.RNC,VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCell, VS.RB.AMR.UL.4.75, andVS.RB.AMR.DL.4.75. 1: This switch is turned on. Thevalues of the previously mentioned counters areincreased by one in the preceding scenario. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The values of these counters areincreased by one when the RNC receives an IURELEASE COMMAND message from the CS and PSdomains of the CN and an inter-RAT handover for CS+PS combined services is in progress. 6)SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCHWhether to refuse to send a UE CAPABILITYENQUIRY message to a UE that is not in theCELL_DCH state and is performing an incoming SRNSrelocation. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC doesnot send the message to the UE. 0: This switch is turnedoff. The RNC sends the message to the UE. 7)REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCHWhether to immediately release the data of a UE froman Iur common channel if the UE initiates the DSCRprocess. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCimmediately releases the data of a UE from an Iurcommon channel if the UE initiates the DSCR process.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC releases the dataof the UE from the Iur common channel after the UEcompletes the DSCR process. 8)RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCHWhether to refuse to initiate the serving RNS relocationprocedure for Blackberry UEs that are in theCELL_DCH state and in the ciphering pending state. 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC does not initiate theprocedure for such UEs. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC initiates the procedure for such UEs. 9)COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH Whether toincrease the values of service setup attempt-related



168

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

counters by one in special scenarios. These counters areVS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR,VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.AMRWB, andVS.RAB.AttEstCS.Conv.64. The special scenarios areas follows: Scenario 1: If the RNC receives a RABASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN afterinitiating the SRNS relocation procedure, the RNCresponds with a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSEmessage instead of processing the RABASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. Scenario 2: TheMBDR algorithm is activated. The RNC receives twoRAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST messages from thesame domain of the CN before receiving an inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement report from theUE in question. In this case, the RNC responds to thefirst RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message with aRAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message instead ofprocessing the first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUESTmessage. Scenario 3: Upon receiving a RABASSIGNMENT REQUEST message where the valuesof key IEs are incorrect or key IEs do not exist, the RNCresponds with a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSEmessage instead of processing the RABASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. 1: This switch isturned on. The values of the counters that are related toservice setup attempts are increased by one in any of thepreceding special scenarios. 0: This switch is turned off.The values of the counters that are related to servicesetup attempts remain unchanged in any of thepreceding special scenarios. This parameter is aprofessional parameter and therefore you mustconfigure this parameter under the instruction ofHuawei technical support. 10)COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCHWhether to increase the values of theVS.DCCC.D2P.Att, VS.DCCC.D2P. Succ,VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Att, andVS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Succ counters on a perPS RAB basis. 1: This switch is turned on. The valuesof these counters are increased on a per PS RAB basis.0: This switch is turned off. The values of these countersare increased on a per UE basis. 11)DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH Whether toenable the RNC to delay sending a MEASUREMENTCONTROL message. 1: This switch is turned on. TheRNC starts the T1 timer after receiving a RADIOBEARER SETUP COMPLETE message. If the RNC



169

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

receives an ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPTmessage before T1 expires, the RNC stops T1, starts theT2 timer, and responds with an ACTIVATE PDPCONTEXT ACCEPT message. After T2 expires, theRNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL messageto the UE in question. After T1 expires, the RNC sendsa MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. 0:This switch is turned off. The RNC immediately sendsthe UE a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message afterreceiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETEmessage. Note that T1 is controlled by the "DelaySnd-MeaCtrlT1" parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER"command and T2 is controlled by the "DelaySnd-MeaCtrlT2" parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER"command. 12)TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH Whether torefuse to include an activation time to a RADIOBEARER SETUP message when the DRD process is inprogress. 1: This switch is turned on. An activation timeis not included to a RADIO BEARER SETUP messageif the DRD process is in progress. 0: This switch isturned off. An activation time is included to a RADIOBEARER SETUP message if the DRD process is inprogress. 13)CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCHWhether the RNC performs optimized processing if theUE does not respond within 3 seconds after receiving aDIRECT TRANSFER message from the CN during aCS call release. The value of the IE Message Type inthe DIRECT TRANSFER message is Disconnect. 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC creates a DIRECTTRANSFER message and sends it to the CN. The valueof the IE Message Type in the DIRECT TRANSFERmessage is Release. 0: This switch is turned off. TheRNC does not create the DIRECT TRANSFERmessage. 14)NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes an RLfor a UE when both of the following conditions are met:- The RNC is waiting for the UE's response in an RBreconfiguration procedure in cases other than DCCC. -The RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset or the NodeBreports that all RLs for the UE are out ofsynchronization. If the RNC receives a CELL UPDATEmessage with the cause value "RL FAILURE" or "RLCUNRECOVERABLE ERROR" while waiting for theUE's response, the RNC performs a cell update. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish an



170

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RL for the UE in the preceding scenario. 15)SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1: This switch is turnedon. When the RNC is waiting for a UE's response in thesecurity mode procedure, the RL for the UE isreestablished if the RNC detects a timeout or SRB resetor if the NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are outof synchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. TheRNC does not reestablish an RL for the UE in thepreceding scenario. 16)PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCHWhether to query the UE capability at a delayed time inthe case of a PS HO-based CSFB. 1: This switch isturned on. The RNC queries the UE capability at adelayed time in the case of a PS HO-based CSFB. Thatis, the RNC queries the UE capability after the CSservice is set up. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCqueries the UE capability during the PS HO-basedCSFB. 17)PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Paging Optimization Switch) Whether the RNCrecords the international mobile subscriber identity(IMSI) of a UE in the idle mode when the UE does notrespond to a CS paging in time and the cause valuecarried in the CS paging message is TerminatingConversational Call, Terminating Low PrioritySignalling, or Terminating Streaming Call. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC records the IMSI of theUE in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is turnedoff. The RNC does not record the IMSI of the UE in thepreceding scenario. 18)DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH(H2FControl Switch After HSPA Deactivated) Whether totransition UEs processing HSPA services to theCELL_FACH state or release these UEs after the HSPAfunction is deactivated in a cell. 1: This switch is turnedon. UEs processing HSPA services transition to theCELL_FACH state after the HSPA function isdeactivated in the cell. 0: This switch is turned off. UEsprocessing HSPA services are released after the HSPAfunction is deactivated in the cell. 19)OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCHWhether the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITYENQUIRY message to a UE in the CELL_DCH stateduring an incoming relocation procedure. 1: This switchis turned on. Under this circumstance, the RNC does notsend a UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY message to a UEin the CELL_DCH state during an incoming relocationprocedure. 0: This switch is turned off. Under this



171

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

circumstance, the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITYENQUIRY message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state inthe preceding scenario. 20)RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH Whetherto measure the number of RAB setup attempts when thecross processing of RAB setup and cell update fails orthe radio link reestablishment triggered by RAB setupfails. 1: This switch is turned on. The number of RABsetup attempts is measured. 0: This switch is turned off.The number of RAB setup attempts is not measured. 21)FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI Whether to delay the assignment of the URNTIfrom one UE to another when the timer for the UE towait for a response message from the RNC expires afterthe UE in the CELL_FACH state sends an RRCCONNECTION RELEASE message on the DCCH.This switch prevents the assignment of the URNTI fromone UE to another to avoid URNTI conflicts. Thisswitch is turned off by default. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC delays the assignment of the URNTI fromthe current UE to another UE. 0: This switch is turnedoff. The RNC immediately assigns the URNTI from thecurrent UE to another UE. 22)FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI Whether to delay the assignment of the URNTIfrom one UE to another when the timer for the UE towait for a response message from the RNC expires afterthe UE in the CELL_FACH state sends an RRCCONNECTION RELEASE message on the CCCH.This switch prevents the assignment of the URNTI fromone UE to another to avoid URNTI conflicts. Thisswitch is turned off by default. 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC delays the assignment of the URNTI fromthe current UE to another UE. 0: This switch is turnedoff. The RNC immediately assigns the URNTI from thecurrent UE to another UE. 23)DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWITCH Whether to discard the cell reselection-triggeredCELL UPDATE message when the RNC receives thismessage from a UE in the CELL_DCH state. The cellreselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message can besent only by a UE in a state other than CELL_DCH. Ifthe RNC receives this message from a UE in theCELL_DCH state, the RNC considers this messageabnormal and discards it. This switch is turned off bydefault. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC discardsthe cell reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message.



172

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not discardthis message. 24)SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SWITCH Whether the main SPU subsystem cancels theperiodic transmission of status notification messages toother SPU subsystems when the number of SPU boardsis close to the full configuration. 1: This switch is turnedon. The main SPU subsystem cancels the periodictransmission of status notification messages to otherSPU subsystems. 0: This switch is turned off. The mainSPU subsystem periodically sends status notificationmessages to other SPU subsystems. 25)RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWITCH Whether to release the RRC connection when theRNC receives from the UE a RECONFIGURATIONFAILURE message with the cause value of"Incompatible simultaneous reconfiguration" or"Invalid configuration" during the RB Reconfigure F2DDRD procedure. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCreleases the RRC connection for the UE. 0: This switchis turned off. The RNC does not release the RRCconnection for the UE. 26)PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH Whether to measure the number of PTT RAB setupattempts for PTT RAB setup failures. 1: This switch isturned on. The number of PTT RAB setup attempts ismeasured. 0: This switch is turned off. The number ofPTT RAB setup attempts is not measured. 27)P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCHWhether to roll back the P2D DRD procedure and selecta new cell for retry after the RNC receives a CELLUPDATE message with the cause value of "Radio linkfailure" during the waiting for a response message fromthe UE for P2D DRD. This switch is turned off bydefault. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rolls backthe P2D DRD procedure and selects a new cell for retry.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC uses the currentprocessing method and does not select a new cell forretry. 28)TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_SWITCH Whether to reestablish the TRB that uses the UMRLC mode after the RNC receives a CELL UPDATEmessage triggered by a TRB reset. 1: This switch isturned on. The RNC does not reestablish the TRB thatuses the UM RLC mode. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC uses the current processing method andreestablishes the TRB that uses the UM RLC mode. 29)



173

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SWITCH Whether to send an initial direct transfer messageto another CN node without SCCP congestion when theconfigured CN node experiences SCCP congestion inIu Flex networking. 1: This switch is turned on. Theinitial direct transfer message is sent to another CN nodewithout SCCP congestion if the configured CN nodeexperiences SCCP congestion in Iu Flex networking. 0:This switch is turned off. The initial direct transfermessage is sent to the configured CN node even if theconfigured CN node experiences SCCP congestion inIu Flex networking. 30)CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH When the RNCdelays the transmission of a routing area update messageto the CN in the following scenario: A CS service on anLTE network is transferred to a UMTS network by CSfallback (CSFB) and the CS service has not establishedon the UMTS network. The UE has sent a DIRECTTRANSFER or INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFERmessage to the CN. 1: This switch is turned on. TheRNC sends a routing area update message to the CNonly after it receives a RADIO BEARER SETUPCOMPLETE message or after "Delayed Routing AreaUpdate Timer for CSFB UEs" expires. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC does not delay the transmission ofthe routing area update message. 31)CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCHWhether the RNC initiates the IMEI-based IdentityRequest procedure before the CS service is establishedon the UMTS network in the case of CSFB. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC does not initiate the IMEI-based Identity Request procedure. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC initiates the IMEI-based IdentityRequest procedure.GUI Value Range:CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH,DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH,DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH,ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH,COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH,SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH,REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH,RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH,COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH,DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH,



174

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH,CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH,NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH,PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH,PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH,OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH,RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI,FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI,DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWITCH,SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SWITCH,RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWITCH,PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCH,TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_SWITCH,ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SWITCH, CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH,CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCHUnit: NoneActual Value Range:CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH,DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH,DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH,ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH,COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH,SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH,REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH,RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH,COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH,DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH,TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH,CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH,NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH,PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH,PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,



175

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH,OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH,RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI,FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI,DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWITCH,SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SWITCH,RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWITCH,PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCH,TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_SWITCH,ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SWITCH, CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH,CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCHDefault Value:CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH:0,DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH:0,DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH:0,ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH:0,COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH:0,SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH:0,REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH:0,RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH:0,COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH:0 ,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH:0 ,DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH:0 ,TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH:0,CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH:0,NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH:0,PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:0,DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH:0,OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH:0,RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:1,FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI:0,FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_URNTI:



176

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

0,DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWITCH:0,SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SWITCH:1,RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWITCH:0,PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:0,P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCH:0,TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_SWITCH:0,ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SWITCH:1,CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH:0,CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCH:0

RbRelRspTmr

BSC6900

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-010101WRFD-140103


Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the RB releaseresponse from UE in the RB procedure. Refer to theNote.GUI Value Range: 300~300000Unit: msActual Value Range: 300~300000Default Value: 5000

RbRelRspTmr

BSC6910

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-010101WRFD-140103


Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the RB releaseresponse from UE in the RB procedure. Refer to theNote.GUI Value Range: 300~300000Unit: msActual Value Range: 300~300000Default Value: 5000



177

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

OptimizationSwitch

BSC6900

SETURRCTRLSWITCH

WRFD-021101WRFD-010510WRFD-010651WRFD-140103WRFD-040100WRFD-010507WRFD-140226WRFD-020500WRFD-010301WRFD-01061502WRFD-010801WRFD-010802WRFD-011402WRFD-01061504

DynamicChannelConfigurationControl(DCCC)3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2KbpsRRCConnection andRadioAccessBearerEstablishmentandReleaseHSDPAover IurCallReestablishmentFlowControlRateNegotiation atAdmissionControlFastReturnfromUMTSto LTEEnhanced FastDormancyPagingUE inIdle,

Meaning: 1. PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCHMaximum number of paging attempts in the RANnetwork when no response is received after a pagingmessage is sent. 1: This switch is turned on. The pagingmessage is sent for a maximum of 5 times. 0: This switchis turned off. The paging message is sent for a maximumof 10 times. 2. ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch forRL Reestablishment During Soft Handover) Whether totrigger radio link (RL) reestablishment during a softhandover. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends aCELL UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequentlythe RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both ofthe following conditions are met: -The RNC is waitingfor the UE's response to the ACTIVE SET UPDATEmessage. -The RNC detects that downlink transmissionon signaling radio bearer (SRB2) is disconnected or theNodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out ofsynchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCdoes not reestablish the RL for the UE when thepreceding conditions are met. 3.MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RLReestablishment During Meas Control) Whether totrigger RL reestablishment during measurementcontrol. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELLUPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently theRNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of thefollowing conditions are met: -The RNC has sent aMEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on SRB2is disconnected when the UE state is stable. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish theRL for the UE when the preceding conditions are met.4.FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH. Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRCconnection of an EFD-capable UE that received anSCRI message from the PS domain of the CN if the UEsends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message afterreentering a service area. When this switch is turned on,the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a UE inthe preceding scenario. This solves the problem that anetwork becomes inaccessible when such a UE reentersa service area. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCdirectly releases the RRC connection after receiving theCELL UPDATE message from the Enhanced FastDormancy-capable that leaves and then reenters theservice area. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC



178

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CELL_PCH,URA_PCH State(Type 1)Combination ofOne CSServiceand TwoPSServicesIntraRNCCellUpdateInterRNCCellUpdateEncryptionCombination ofOne CSServiceandThreePSServices

processes the CELL UPDATE message received fromthe Enhanced Fast Dormancy-capable UE that leavesand then reenters the service area. 5.UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH. Whether theRNC normally releases connections when it detectsfailed cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on RB SETUPCOMPLETE or RB RECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE messages received from HSDPA UEs. 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC normally releasesthe connections when it detects the failed CRC. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC abnormally releases theconnections when it detects the failed CRC. 6.RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH. Whether the RNCperforms the directed retry decision (DRD) when itreceives a CELL UPDATE message with the causevalue "uplink data transmission" or " paging response"during UEs' state transition from CELL_PCH orURA_PCH to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on.The RNC performs the DRD in the preceding scenario.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not performthe DRD in the preceding scenario. 7. P2D_SWITCHWhether the RNC switches a UE from the CELL_PCHor URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state when thefollowing conditions are met: The UE sends the RNC aCELL UPDATE message with the cause value "uplinkdata transmission" or "paging response." The number ofUEs on the FACH reaches the upper limit or the UE isto set up a CS service but the common channel iscongested. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC switchesthe UE from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to theCELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario. 0: Thisswitch is set to off. The RNC does not switch the UEfrom the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to theCELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario. Thisparameter can be set in both the "SETURRCTRLSWITCH" and "ADDUCELLCONNALGOPARA" commands. The value ofthis parameter in the "ADD UCELLCONNALGO-PARA" command prevails. 8.AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCHWhether the RNC proceeds with CS service setupsinvolving state transitions from CELL_FACH toCELL_DCH if the UEs in question report cell updatesduring the setup procedure. 1: This switch is turned on.The RNC first processes the CELL UPDATE messageand then proceeds with the CS service setup procedure.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the



179

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CELL UPDATE message and does not proceed with theCS service setup. 9.SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether theRNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it detects anSRB reset reported on Layer 2 for decreasing thenumber of UE call drops 1: This switch is turned on.The RNC reestablishes an RL when it detects the SRBreset. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does notreestablish an RL when it detects the SRB reset. 10.RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether active linkre-establishment is allowed after the radio link fails 1:This switch is turned on. Active link re-establishment isallowed after the RNC receives a RADIO LINKFAILURE INDICATION message and the timer usedto wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATIONmessage from the NodeB expires. 0: This switch isturned off. Active link re-establishment is not allowedafter the RNC receives a RADIO LINK FAILUREINDICATION message and the timer used to wait for aRADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATION messagefrom the NodeB expires. 11.CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the RNCreestablishes a radio link (RL) when SRBs of a CSservice reset or all its RLs are out of synchronization. 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes an RLin the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC does not reestablish an RL in the precedingscenario. 12. PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether PSservices can trigger active link re-establishment 1: Thisswitch is turned on. PS services can trigger active linkre-establishment. 0: This switch is turned off. PSservices cannot trigger active link re-establishment. 13.UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH Whether the RNCreestablishes a radio link (RL) when it receives a CELLUPDATE message carrying SRB reset information. 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC does not release theRRC connection and it reestablishes an RL. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC releases the RRCconnection. 14. RL_RESTORE_SWITCH Switch forthe radio link restoration timer 1: This switch is turnedon. If there are CS services and the last radio link fails,the RNC waits for the radio link to restore before thetimer T313 expires. 0: This switch is turned off. If thereare CS services and the last radio link fails, the RNCwaits for the radio link to restore before the originaltimer expires. 15. RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH Whetherto enable RNC-level UE state transition from



180

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast dormancy-capable UEs. 1: This switch is turned on. The D2F statetransition is enabled for the fast dormancy-capableUEs.. 0: This switch is turned off. The state transitionfrom CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled forthe fast dormancy-capable UEs 16.RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH Whether theRB release due to SCRI during RB reconfiguration iscalculated as a call drop 1: This switch is turned on. TheRB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration is notcalculated as a call drop. 0: This switch is turned off.The RB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration iscalculated as a call drop. 17.RRC_RECONN_SWITCH Switch for the RNC toprocess the RRC connection setup requests from a UE.1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases theestablished RRC connection when the UE retransmitsRRC connection setup requests. 0: This switch is turnedoff. When the UE retransmits the RRC connection setuprequest to access the same cell, the RNC rejects the newRRC connection setup requests. When the UEretransmits the RRC connection setup request to accessdifferent cells, the RNC releases the established RRCconnection. It is recommended that this parameter be setto its default value and the parameter value be notchanged. If you need to change the value of thisparameter, ask for assistance from Huawei technicalsupport personnel. 18.RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH Whether the RNCcounts the number of retransmitted RRC connectionsetup requests in the measurement of theRRC.AttConnEstab.Reg and RRC.AttConnEstab.De-tac performance counters. 1: This switch is turned on.The RNC counts the number of retransmitted RRCconnection setup requests in the measurement of the twopreceding performance counters. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC does not count the number ofretransmitted RRC connection setup requests in themeasurement of the two preceding performancecounters. 19. F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCHWhether the RNC releases the RRC connection of a UEif the UE does not respond to the RNC after its threefailed attempts at the state transition from CELL_FACHto CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on. The RRCconnection is released with the cause "User Inactive"after the UE fails in the state transition fromCELL_FACH to CELL_DCH for three times. The



181

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

connection release is measured in theVS.MBMS.RB.PTP.Loss.Abnorm counter. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RRC connection is not releasedafter the UE fails in the state transition fromCELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three times, and the UEremains in the CELL_FACH state. 20.CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH Whether a UE in theCELL_PCH or URA_PCH state preferentially performsa state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH toCELL_DCH or CELL_FACH before initiating a CSservice. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC firstperforms a state transition from CELL_PCH orURA_PCH to CELL_DCH and then initiates the CSservice. 0: This switch is turned off. The UE firstperforms a state transition from CELL_PCH orURA_PCH to CELL_FACH and then initiates the CSservice. 21. SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH Whetherthe relocation command sent from a UMTS network toan unencrypted GSM network carries the UEA0encryption information element (IE) when a UEcomplying with 3GPP Release 6 or later is handed overfrom the GSM network to the UMTS network. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The relocation command does notcarry any encryption IE. 0: This switch is turned off.The relocation command carries the UEA0 encryptionIE. 22. P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH Whether toreconfigure the GPRS Tunneling Protocol User plane(GTP-U) when a UE in the CELL_PCH state performsa cell update. 1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U isnot reconfigured in the preceding scenario. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The GTP-U is reconfigured in thepreceding scenario. 23.RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCHWhether the RNC adjusts the activation time forencryption parameters based on an RB SETUPCOMPLETE message 1: This switch is turned on. TheRNC does not adjust the activation time for encryptionparameters as long as the difference between theactivation times specified in an RB SETUPCOMPLETE message and in the corresponding RBSETUP message is smaller than 200 connection framenumbers (CFNs). 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCalways adjusts the activation time for encryptionparameters based on an RB SETUP COMPLETEmessage, regardless of the preceding difference. 24.CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH Whether theRNC reinitiates CS services upon receiving a RAB



182

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message in which only theCS allocation/retention priority (CARP) is changed. 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC does not reinitiateCS services, which prevents CS call drops. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC reinitiates CS services,which results in CS call drops. 25.RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCHWhether the RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATIONCOMMAND message received during an RAB setup.1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the TMSIREALLOCATION COMMAND message receivedduring the RAB setup and then forwards the message toa UE after the RAB setup. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC does not buffer the TMSI REALLOCATIONCOMMAND message received during the RAB setup.The RNC directly forwards the message to a UE. 26.IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH Whether anUCP subsystem sends a PS service release message toan Iu-PS interface board in case of a faulty IP path, afaulty Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) link,or a reset on the Iu interface 1: This switch is turned on.The UCP subsystem sends the PS service releasemessage to the Iu-PS interface board. 0: This switch isturned off. The UCP subsystem does not send any PSservice release message to the Iu-PS interface board. 27.RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether the RNCinitiates radio link (RL) reestablishment during a radiobearer (RB) reconfiguration when the RNC detects thata signaling radio bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for aUE are out of synchronization 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC initiates RL reestablishment during theRB reconfiguration. 0: This switch is turned off. TheRNC does not initiate RL reestablishment during the RBreconfiguration. 28.F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH Whether the RNCbuffers a DIRECT TRANSFER message received fromthe CN and sends a PAGING message after the RNCreceives a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE message from a UE moving from theCELL_FACH to CELL_PCH state (F2P for short) 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the DIRECTTRANSFER message and sends the PAGING messageto the UE. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC doesnot buffer the DIRECT TRANSFER message. 29.SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH Whether the RNCperforms compatibility processing upon receiving aSignalling Connection Release Indication message with



183

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

the cause value "UE Requested PS Data Session End"when CS+PS combined services are performed. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC performs compatibilityprocessing. It sends an RB RELEASE messagecontaining the Signalling Connection ReleaseIndication information element (IE) to instruct a UE torelease the signaling connection in the correspondingdomain. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does notperform compatibility processing and it discards theSCRI message. 30. GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCHWhether the RNC measures the number of call dropswhen it receives a GTPU Error Indication messagepertaining to a UE from the CN and releases the RRCconnection. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC doesnot measure the number of call drops in the precedingscenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCmeasures the number of call drops when releasing PSservices. 31.IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCHWhether the RNC contains the MAC-hs reset indicatorinformation element (IE) in the PHYSICALCHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and RADIOBEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a resetof the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to aUE when a service link over the Iur interface changes.1: This switch is turned on. The RNC contains the MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding messages. 0:This switch is turned off. The RNC does not contain theMAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two precedingmessages. 32.UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(ULIntegrity Compatibility Optimization Switch) Reservedswitch for security mode compatibility handling. Thebit field value is not internally used in this version.GUI Value Range:PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH(PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH),ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH),MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH),FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH(FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH), UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),



184

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH(RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH), P2D_SWITCH(P2D_SWITCH),AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH(AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH),SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH(UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH),RL_RESTORE_SWITCH(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH),RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH(RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH),RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH(RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH),RRC_RECONN_SWITCH(RRC_RECONN_SWITCH),RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH(RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH),F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH(F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH),CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH(CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH),SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH(SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH),P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH(P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH),RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH(RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH),CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH(CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH),RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH(RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH),IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH(IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH),RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH),F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH(F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),



185

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH(GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH),IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH(IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH), UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH)

Unit: None

Actual Value Range:PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH,ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH,MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH, UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH, P2D_SWITCH,AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH,RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH,RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH,F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH,CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH,SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH,P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH,RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH,CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH,RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH,IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH,IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH, UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH

Default Value: PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH:0,ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH:0,MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH:0,FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH:0,UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:0,RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH:0,P2D_SWITCH:0,AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:



186

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

0,SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:0,RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:0,CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:0,PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:0,UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH:0,RL_RESTORE_SWITCH:0,RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH:1,RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH:0,RRC_RECONN_SWITCH:0,RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH:1,F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH:0,CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH:0,SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH:0,P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH:1,RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH:1,CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH:0,RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH:0,IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH:0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:0,SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:0,GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH:0,IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH:1,UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH:0



187

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

OptimizationSwitch

BSC6910

SETURRCTRLSWITCH

WRFD-021101WRFD-010510WRFD-010651WRFD-140103WRFD-040100WRFD-010507WRFD-140226WRFD-020500WRFD-010301WRFD-01061502WRFD-010801WRFD-010802WRFD-011402WRFD-01061504

DynamicChannelConfigurationControl(DCCC)3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2KbpsRRCConnection andRadioAccessBearerEstablishmentandReleaseHSDPAover IurCallReestablishmentFlowControlRateNegotiation atAdmissionControlFastReturnfromUMTSto LTEEnhanced FastDormancyPagingUE inIdle,

Meaning: 1. PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCHMaximum number of paging attempts in the RANnetwork when no response is received after a pagingmessage is sent. 1: This switch is turned on. The pagingmessage is sent for a maximum of 5 times. 0: This switchis turned off. The paging message is sent for a maximumof 10 times. 2. ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch forRL Reestablishment During Soft Handover) Whether totrigger radio link (RL) reestablishment during a softhandover. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends aCELL UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequentlythe RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both ofthe following conditions are met: -The RNC is waitingfor the UE's response to the ACTIVE SET UPDATEmessage. -The RNC detects that downlink transmissionon signaling radio bearer (SRB2) is disconnected or theNodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out ofsynchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCdoes not reestablish the RL for the UE when thepreceding conditions are met. 3.MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RLReestablishment During Meas Control) Whether totrigger RL reestablishment during measurementcontrol. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELLUPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently theRNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of thefollowing conditions are met: -The RNC has sent aMEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on SRB2is disconnected when the UE state is stable. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish theRL for the UE when the preceding conditions are met.4.FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH. Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRCconnection of an EFD-capable UE that received anSCRI message from the PS domain of the CN if the UEsends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message afterreentering a service area. When this switch is turned on,the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a UE inthe preceding scenario. This solves the problem that anetwork becomes inaccessible when such a UE reentersa service area. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNCdirectly releases the RRC connection after receiving theCELL UPDATE message from the Enhanced FastDormancy-capable that leaves and then reenters theservice area. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC



188

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CELL_PCH,URA_PCH State(Type 1)Combination ofOne CSServiceand TwoPSServicesIntraRNCCellUpdateInterRNCCellUpdateEncryptionCombination ofOne CSServiceandThreePSServices

processes the CELL UPDATE message received fromthe Enhanced Fast Dormancy-capable UE that leavesand then reenters the service area. 5.UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH. Whether theRNC normally releases connections when it detectsfailed cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on RB SETUPCOMPLETE or RB RECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE messages received from HSDPA UEs. 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC normally releasesthe connections when it detects the failed CRC. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC abnormally releases theconnections when it detects the failed CRC. 6.RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH. Whether the RNCperforms the directed retry decision (DRD) when itreceives a CELL UPDATE message with the causevalue "uplink data transmission" or " paging response"during UEs' state transition from CELL_PCH orURA_PCH to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on.The RNC performs the DRD in the preceding scenario.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not performthe DRD in the preceding scenario. 7. P2D_SWITCHWhether the RNC switches a UE from the CELL_PCHor URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state when thefollowing conditions are met: The UE sends the RNC aCELL UPDATE message with the cause value "uplinkdata transmission" or "paging response." The number ofUEs on the FACH reaches the upper limit or the UE isto set up a CS service but the common channel iscongested. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC switchesthe UE from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to theCELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario. 0: Thisswitch is set to off. The RNC does not switch the UEfrom the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to theCELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario. Thisparameter can be set in both the "SETURRCTRLSWITCH" and "ADDUCELLCONNALGOPARA" commands. The value ofthis parameter in the "ADD UCELLCONNALGO-PARA" command prevails. 8.AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCHWhether the RNC proceeds with CS service setupsinvolving state transitions from CELL_FACH toCELL_DCH if the UEs in question report cell updatesduring the setup procedure. 1: This switch is turned on.The RNC first processes the CELL UPDATE messageand then proceeds with the CS service setup procedure.0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the



189

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CELL UPDATE message and does not proceed with theCS service setup. 9.SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether theRNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it detects anSRB reset reported on Layer 2 for decreasing thenumber of UE call drops 1: This switch is turned on.The RNC reestablishes an RL when it detects the SRBreset. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does notreestablish an RL when it detects the SRB reset. 10.RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether active linkre-establishment is allowed after the radio link fails 1:This switch is turned on. Active link re-establishment isallowed after the RNC receives a RADIO LINKFAILURE INDICATION message and the timer usedto wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATIONmessage from the NodeB expires. 0: This switch isturned off. Active link re-establishment is not allowedafter the RNC receives a RADIO LINK FAILUREINDICATION message and the timer used to wait for aRADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATION messagefrom the NodeB expires. 11.CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the RNCreestablishes a radio link (RL) when SRBs of a CSservice reset or all its RLs are out of synchronization. 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes an RLin the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC does not reestablish an RL in the precedingscenario. 12. PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether PSservices can trigger active link re-establishment 1: Thisswitch is turned on. PS services can trigger active linkre-establishment. 0: This switch is turned off. PSservices cannot trigger active link re-establishment. 13.UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH Whether the RNCreestablishes a radio link (RL) when it receives a CELLUPDATE message carrying SRB reset information. 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC does not release theRRC connection and it reestablishes an RL. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC releases the RRCconnection. 14. RL_RESTORE_SWITCH Switch forthe radio link restoration timer 1: This switch is turnedon. If there are CS services and the last radio link fails,the RNC waits for the radio link to restore before thetimer T313 expires. 0: This switch is turned off. If thereare CS services and the last radio link fails, the RNCwaits for the radio link to restore before the originaltimer expires. 15. RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH Whetherto enable RNC-level UE state transition from



190

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast dormancy-capable UEs. 1: This switch is turned on. The D2F statetransition is enabled for the fast dormancy-capableUEs.. 0: This switch is turned off. The state transitionfrom CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled forthe fast dormancy-capable UEs 16.RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH Whether theRB release due to SCRI during RB reconfiguration iscalculated as a call drop 1: This switch is turned on. TheRB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration is notcalculated as a call drop. 0: This switch is turned off.The RB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration iscalculated as a call drop. 17.RRC_RECONN_SWITCH Switch for the RNC toprocess the RRC connection setup requests from a UE.1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases theestablished RRC connection when the UE retransmitsRRC connection setup requests. 0: This switch is turnedoff. When the UE retransmits the RRC connection setuprequest to access the same cell, the RNC rejects the newRRC connection setup requests. When the UEretransmits the RRC connection setup request to accessdifferent cells, the RNC releases the established RRCconnection. It is recommended that this parameter be setto its default value and the parameter value be notchanged. If you need to change the value of thisparameter, ask for assistance from Huawei technicalsupport personnel. 18.RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH Whether the RNCcounts the number of retransmitted RRC connectionsetup requests in the measurement of theRRC.AttConnEstab.Reg and RRC.AttConnEstab.De-tac performance counters. 1: This switch is turned on.The RNC counts the number of retransmitted RRCconnection setup requests in the measurement of the twopreceding performance counters. 0: This switch isturned off. The RNC does not count the number ofretransmitted RRC connection setup requests in themeasurement of the two preceding performancecounters. 19. F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCHWhether the RNC releases the RRC connection of a UEif the UE does not respond to the RNC after its threefailed attempts at the state transition from CELL_FACHto CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on. The RRCconnection is released with the cause "User Inactive"after the UE fails in the state transition fromCELL_FACH to CELL_DCH for three times. The



191

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

connection release is measured in theVS.MBMS.RB.PTP.Loss.Abnorm counter. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RRC connection is not releasedafter the UE fails in the state transition fromCELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three times, and the UEremains in the CELL_FACH state. 20.CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH Whether a UE in theCELL_PCH or URA_PCH state preferentially performsa state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH toCELL_DCH or CELL_FACH before initiating a CSservice. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC firstperforms a state transition from CELL_PCH orURA_PCH to CELL_DCH and then initiates the CSservice. 0: This switch is turned off. The UE firstperforms a state transition from CELL_PCH orURA_PCH to CELL_FACH and then initiates the CSservice. 21. SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH Whetherthe relocation command sent from a UMTS network toan unencrypted GSM network carries the UEA0encryption information element (IE) when a UEcomplying with 3GPP Release 6 or later is handed overfrom the GSM network to the UMTS network. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The relocation command does notcarry any encryption IE. 0: This switch is turned off.The relocation command carries the UEA0 encryptionIE. 22. P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH Whether toreconfigure the GPRS Tunneling Protocol User plane(GTP-U) when a UE in the CELL_PCH state performsa cell update. 1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U isnot reconfigured in the preceding scenario. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The GTP-U is reconfigured in thepreceding scenario. 23.RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCHWhether the RNC adjusts the activation time forencryption parameters based on an RB SETUPCOMPLETE message 1: This switch is turned on. TheRNC does not adjust the activation time for encryptionparameters as long as the difference between theactivation times specified in an RB SETUPCOMPLETE message and in the corresponding RBSETUP message is smaller than 200 connection framenumbers (CFNs). 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCalways adjusts the activation time for encryptionparameters based on an RB SETUP COMPLETEmessage, regardless of the preceding difference. 24.CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH Whether theRNC reinitiates CS services upon receiving a RAB



192

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message in which only theCS allocation/retention priority (CARP) is changed. 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC does not reinitiateCS services, which prevents CS call drops. 0: Thisswitch is turned off. The RNC reinitiates CS services,which results in CS call drops. 25.RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCHWhether the RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATIONCOMMAND message received during an RAB setup.1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the TMSIREALLOCATION COMMAND message receivedduring the RAB setup and then forwards the message toa UE after the RAB setup. 0: This switch is turned off.The RNC does not buffer the TMSI REALLOCATIONCOMMAND message received during the RAB setup.The RNC directly forwards the message to a UE. 26.IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH Whether anUCP subsystem sends a PS service release message toan Iu-PS interface board in case of a faulty IP path, afaulty Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) link,or a reset on the Iu interface 1: This switch is turned on.The UCP subsystem sends the PS service releasemessage to the Iu-PS interface board. 0: This switch isturned off. The UCP subsystem does not send any PSservice release message to the Iu-PS interface board. 27.RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether the RNCinitiates radio link (RL) reestablishment during a radiobearer (RB) reconfiguration when the RNC detects thata signaling radio bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for aUE are out of synchronization 1: This switch is turnedon. The RNC initiates RL reestablishment during theRB reconfiguration. 0: This switch is turned off. TheRNC does not initiate RL reestablishment during the RBreconfiguration. 28.F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH Whether the RNCbuffers a DIRECT TRANSFER message received fromthe CN and sends a PAGING message after the RNCreceives a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE message from a UE moving from theCELL_FACH to CELL_PCH state (F2P for short) 1:This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the DIRECTTRANSFER message and sends the PAGING messageto the UE. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC doesnot buffer the DIRECT TRANSFER message. 29.SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH Whether the RNCperforms compatibility processing upon receiving aSignalling Connection Release Indication message with



193

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

the cause value "UE Requested PS Data Session End"when CS+PS combined services are performed. 1: Thisswitch is turned on. The RNC performs compatibilityprocessing. It sends an RB RELEASE messagecontaining the Signalling Connection ReleaseIndication information element (IE) to instruct a UE torelease the signaling connection in the correspondingdomain. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does notperform compatibility processing and it discards theSCRI message. 30. GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCHWhether the RNC measures the number of call dropswhen it receives a GTPU Error Indication messagepertaining to a UE from the CN and releases the RRCconnection. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC doesnot measure the number of call drops in the precedingscenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNCmeasures the number of call drops when releasing PSservices. 31.IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCHWhether the RNC contains the MAC-hs reset indicatorinformation element (IE) in the PHYSICALCHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and RADIOBEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a resetof the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to aUE when a service link over the Iur interface changes.1: This switch is turned on. The RNC contains the MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding messages. 0:This switch is turned off. The RNC does not contain theMAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two precedingmessages. 32.UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(ULIntegrity Compatibility Optimization Switch) Reservedswitch for security mode compatibility handling. Thebit field value is not internally used in this version.GUI Value Range:PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH(PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH),ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH),MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH),FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH(FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH), UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),



194

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH(RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH), P2D_SWITCH(P2D_SWITCH),AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH(AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH),SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH(UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH),RL_RESTORE_SWITCH(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH),RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH(RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH),RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH(RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH),RRC_RECONN_SWITCH(RRC_RECONN_SWITCH),RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH(RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH),F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH(F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH),CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH(CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH),SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH(SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH),P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH(P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH),RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH(RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH),CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH(CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH),RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH(RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH),IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH(IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH),RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH),F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH(F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),



195

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH(GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH),IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH(IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH), UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH)

Unit: None

Actual Value Range:PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH,ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH,MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH, UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH, P2D_SWITCH,AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH,RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH,RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH,F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH,CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH,SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH,P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH,RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH,CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH,RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH,IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH,IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH, UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH

Default Value: PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH:0,ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH:0,MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH:0,FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH:0,UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:0,RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH:0,P2D_SWITCH:0,AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:



196

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

0,SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:0,RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:0,CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:0,PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:0,UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH:0,RL_RESTORE_SWITCH:0,RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH:1,RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH:0,RRC_RECONN_SWITCH:0,RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH:1,F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH:0,CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH:0,SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH:0,P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH:1,RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH:1,CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH:0,RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH:0,IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH:0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:0,F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:0,SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:0,GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH:0,IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH:1,UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH:0

CSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr

BSC6900

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-140103

CallReestablishment

Meaning: Amount of time the RNC waits for a cellupdate message from a UE with ongoing CS servicesafter the RNC turns off the radio transmitter. Unit: msGUI Value Range: 100~384000Unit: msActual Value Range: 100~384000Default Value: 15000

CSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr

BSC6910

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-140103

CallReestablishment

Meaning: Amount of time the RNC waits for a cellupdate message from a UE with ongoing CS servicesafter the RNC turns off the radio transmitter. Unit: msGUI Value Range: 100~384000Unit: msActual Value Range: 100~384000Default Value: 15000



197

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr

BSC6900

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-140103

CallReestablishment

Meaning: Time the RNC waits for a cell update messagefrom a UE with only ongoing PS services after the RNCturns off the radio transmitter. Unit: msGUI Value Range: 100~384000Unit: msActual Value Range: 100~384000Default Value: 35000

PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr

BSC6910

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-140103

CallReestablishment

Meaning: Time the RNC waits for a cell update messagefrom a UE with only ongoing PS services after the RNCturns off the radio transmitter. Unit: msGUI Value Range: 100~384000Unit: msActual Value Range: 100~384000Default Value: 35000

NOutsyncInd

BSC6910

ADDUCELLSETUPMODUCELL

WRFD-022000

PhysicalChannelManagement

Meaning: Number of times of successive in-syncindications required for starting the radio link failuretimer. When the radio link set is in the synchronizedstate, the NodeB starts the timer after it receivessuccessive out-of-sync indications of the numberdefined by "NOutsyncInd". The NodeB shall stop andreset the timer after receiving successive in-syncindications of the number defined by "NInsyncInd"."TRlFailure" specifies the length of the timer. When thetimer expires, the NodeB triggers the radio link failureprocess, and indicates which radio link set is out-of-sync.GUI Value Range: 1~256Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1~256Default Value: 50



198

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

NOutsyncInd

BSC6900


WRFD-022000

PhysicalChannelManagement

Meaning: Number of times of successive in-syncindications required for starting the radio link failuretimer. When the radio link set is in the synchronizedstate, the NodeB starts the timer after it receivessuccessive out-of-sync indications of the numberdefined by "NOutsyncInd". The NodeB shall stop andreset the timer after receiving successive in-syncindications of the number defined by "NInsyncInd"."TRlFailure" specifies the length of the timer. When thetimer expires, the NodeB triggers the radio link failureprocess, and indicates which radio link set is out-of-sync.GUI Value Range: 1~256Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1~256Default Value: 50

TRlFailure

BSC6900


WRFD-140103WRFD-022000

CallReestablishmentPhysicalChannelManagement

Meaning: Radio link failure timer duration. When theradio link set is in the synchronized state, the NodeBstarts the timer after it receives successive out-of-syncindications of the number defined by NOutsyncInd. TheNodeB shall stop and reset the timer after receivingsuccessive in-sync indications of the number defined byNInsyncInd. When the timer expires, the NodeBtriggers the radio link failure process, and indicateswhich radio link set is out-of-sync.GUI Value Range: 0~255Unit: 0.1sActual Value Range: 0~25.5Default Value: 50

TRlFailure

BSC6910


WRFD-140103WRFD-022000


Meaning: Radio link failure timer duration. When theradio link set is in the synchronized state, the NodeBstarts the timer after it receives successive out-of-syncindications of the number defined by NOutsyncInd. TheNodeB shall stop and reset the timer after receivingsuccessive in-sync indications of the number defined byNInsyncInd. When the timer expires, the NodeBtriggers the radio link failure process, and indicateswhich radio link set is out-of-sync.GUI Value Range: 0~255Unit: 0.1sActual Value Range: 0~25.5Default Value: 50



199

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

NInsyncInd

BSC6900


WRFD-140103WRFD-022000


Meaning: Number of times of successive in-syncindications required for the NodeB to trigger the radiolink recovery process. The radio link set remains in theinitial state until it has received a number (the numberis defined by "NInsyncInd") of successive in-syncindications from L1, and then the NodeB triggers theradio link recovery process, which indicates that theradio link set has been synchronized. Once the radio linkrecovery process is triggered, the radio link set isconsidered to be in the synchronized state. In the radiolink maintenance process.GUI Value Range: 1~256Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1~256Default Value: 5

NInsyncInd

BSC6910


WRFD-140103WRFD-022000


Meaning: Number of times of successive in-syncindications required for the NodeB to trigger the radiolink recovery process. The radio link set remains in theinitial state until it has received a number (the numberis defined by "NInsyncInd") of successive in-syncindications from L1, and then the NodeB triggers theradio link recovery process, which indicates that theradio link set has been synchronized. Once the radio linkrecovery process is triggered, the radio link set isconsidered to be in the synchronized state. In the radiolink maintenance process.GUI Value Range: 1~256Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1~256Default Value: 5



200

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RlRstrTmr

BSC6900

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-010101WRFD-140103


Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for radio link restorationindication in the radio link procedure. DisuseStatement:The value range of "RlRstrTmr" is 1 to300000 in the current version. In a later version, thevalue range changes into 100 to 300000. In the currentversion, if you enter a value within the range of 1 to 100including 1, this value can still be synchronized andissued but the system regards the value as 11000, therecommended value. Therefore, you are advised not toenter a value smaller than 100.GUI Value Range: 1~300000Unit: msActual Value Range: 1~300000Default Value: 11000

RlRstrTmr

BSC6910

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-010101WRFD-140103


Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for radio link restorationindication in the radio link procedure. DisuseStatement:The value range of "RlRstrTmr" is 1 to300000 in the current version. In a later version, thevalue range changes into 100 to 300000. In the currentversion, if you enter a value within the range of 1 to 100including 1, this value can still be synchronized andissued but the system regards the value as 11000, therecommended value. Therefore, you are advised not toenter a value smaller than 100.GUI Value Range: 1~300000Unit: msActual Value Range: 1~300000Default Value: 11000



201

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

T313 BSC6900

SETUCONNMODETIMER

WRFD-010101WRFD-140103WRFD-010802WRFD-010801

3GPPR9SpecificationsCallReestablishmentInterRNCCellUpdateIntraRNCCellUpdate

Meaning: Timer 313. T313 starts when a UE detectsN313 successive "out of sync" indications from Layer1 and stops when the UE detects N315 successive "insync" indications form Layer 1. When T313 expires, theradio link setup fails. The protocol-defined default valueis 3. The value of this parameter is contained in SIB1messages.GUI Value Range: 0~15Unit: sActual Value Range: 0~15Default Value: 3

T313 BSC6910

SETUCONNMODETIMER



Meaning: Timer 313. T313 starts when a UE detectsN313 successive "out of sync" indications from Layer1 and stops when the UE detects N315 successive "insync" indications form Layer 1. When T313 expires, theradio link setup fails. The protocol-defined default valueis 3. The value of this parameter is contained in SIB1messages.GUI Value Range: 0~15Unit: sActual Value Range: 0~15Default Value: 3



202

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

N313 BSC6900

SETUCONNMODETIMER



Meaning: Maximum number of successive "out of sync"indications received from Layer 1. The protocol-defineddefault value is 20. The value of this parameter iscontained in SIB1 messages.GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100,D200Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200Default Value: D50

N313 BSC6910

SETUCONNMODETIMER



Meaning: Maximum number of successive "out of sync"indications received from Layer 1. The protocol-defineddefault value is 20. The value of this parameter iscontained in SIB1 messages.GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100,D200Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200Default Value: D50



203

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

N315 BSC6900

SETUCONNMODETIMER



Meaning: Maximum number of successive "in sync"indications received from Layer 1 after T313 starts. Theprotocol-defined default value is 1. The value of thisparameter is contained in SIB1 messages.GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100,D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 400,600, 800, 1000Default Value: D1

N315 BSC6910

SETUCONNMODETIMER



Meaning: Maximum number of successive "in sync"indications received from Layer 1 after T313 starts. Theprotocol-defined default value is 1. The value of thisparameter is contained in SIB1 messages.GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100,D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 400,600, 800, 1000Default Value: D1



204

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

T302 BSC6900

SETUCONNMODETIMER

WRFD-010901WRFD-010902WRFD-010101WRFD-040100WRFD-140103WRFD-010801WRFD-010802

IntraRNCURAUpdateInterRNCURAUpdate3GPPR9SpecificationsFlowControlCallReestablishmentIntraRNCCellUpdateInterRNCCellUpdate

Meaning: Timer 302. T302 starts when a UE sends aCELL UPDATE/URA UPDATE message and stopswhen the UE receives a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM/URA UPDATE CONFIRM message. When T302expires, the UE resends a CELL UPDATE/URAUPDATE message if the value of the counter V302 issmaller than or equal to that of the parameter N302. Ifthe value of V302 is larger than that of N302 when T302expires, the UE enters the idle mode. The protocol-defined default value is 4000. The value of thisparameter is contained in SIB1 messages.GUI Value Range: D100, D200, D400, D600, D800,D1000, D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000, D3000,D4000, D6000, D8000Unit: msActual Value Range: 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000,1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000Default Value: D2000



205

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

T302 BSC6910

SETUCONNMODETIMER

WRFD-010901WRFD-010902WRFD-010101WRFD-040100WRFD-140103WRFD-010801WRFD-010802

IntraRNCURAUpdateInterRNCURAUpdate3GPPR9SpecificationsFlowControlCallReestablishmentIntraRNCCellUpdateInterRNCCellUpdate

Meaning: Timer 302. T302 starts when a UE sends aCELL UPDATE/URA UPDATE message and stopswhen the UE receives a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM/URA UPDATE CONFIRM message. When T302expires, the UE resends a CELL UPDATE/URAUPDATE message if the value of the counter V302 issmaller than or equal to that of the parameter N302. Ifthe value of V302 is larger than that of N302 when T302expires, the UE enters the idle mode. The protocol-defined default value is 4000. The value of thisparameter is contained in SIB1 messages.GUI Value Range: D100, D200, D400, D600, D800,D1000, D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000, D3000,D4000, D6000, D8000Unit: msActual Value Range: 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000,1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000Default Value: D2000



206

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

T314 BSC6900

SETUCONNMODETIMER



Meaning: Timer 314. T314 starts when the criteria forradio link synchronization failure are fulfilled and onlyRBs associated with T314 exist. T314 stops when thecell update procedure is completed. The protocol-defined default value is 12. When a UE in theCELL_DCH state experiences a radio linksynchronization failure, the UE starts T315 or T314 andsends a CELL UPDATE message. Before T314 or T315expires, the UE resends the CELL UPDATE messageif radio link reconfiguration through the CELLUPDATE CONFIRM message fails. This provides anopportunity for radio link reconfiguration, which isassociated with T302 and N302. It is recommended thatT314 be set to a value greater than the product of T302and N302. The smaller the value of T314 is, the higherthe call drop rate of the corresponding service is. WhenT314 expires and the UE is performing a CS service, orT315 expires and the UE is performing a PS service, theRNC releases the RRC connection. The value of thisparameter is contained in SIB1 messages.GUI Value Range: D0, D2, D4, D6, D8, D12, D16, D20Unit: sActual Value Range: 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20Default Value: D0



207

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

T314 BSC6910

SETUCONNMODETIMER



Meaning: Timer 314. T314 starts when the criteria forradio link synchronization failure are fulfilled and onlyRBs associated with T314 exist. T314 stops when thecell update procedure is completed. The protocol-defined default value is 12. When a UE in theCELL_DCH state experiences a radio linksynchronization failure, the UE starts T315 or T314 andsends a CELL UPDATE message. Before T314 or T315expires, the UE resends the CELL UPDATE messageif radio link reconfiguration through the CELLUPDATE CONFIRM message fails. This provides anopportunity for radio link reconfiguration, which isassociated with T302 and N302. It is recommended thatT314 be set to a value greater than the product of T302and N302. The smaller the value of T314 is, the higherthe call drop rate of the corresponding service is. WhenT314 expires and the UE is performing a CS service, orT315 expires and the UE is performing a PS service, theRNC releases the RRC connection. The value of thisparameter is contained in SIB1 messages.GUI Value Range: D0, D2, D4, D6, D8, D12, D16, D20Unit: sActual Value Range: 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20Default Value: D0



208

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

T315 BSC6900

SETUCONNMODETIMER



Meaning: Timer 315. T315 starts when the criteria forradio link synchronization failure are fulfilled and onlyRBs associated with T315 exist. T315 stops when thecell update procedure is completed. The protocol-defined default value is 180. When a UE in theCELL_DCH state experiences a radio linksynchronization failure, the UE starts T315 or T314 andsends a CELL UPDATE message. Before T314 or T315expires, the UE resends the CELL UPDATE messageif radio link reconfiguration through the CELLUPDATE CONFIRM message fails. This provides anopportunity for radio link reconfiguration, which isassociated with T302 and N302. It is recommended thatT315 be set to a value greater than the product of T302and N302. The smaller the value of T315 is, the higherthe call drop rate of the corresponding service is. WhenT314 expires and the UE is performing a CS service, orT315 expires and the UE is performing a PS service, theRNC releases the RRC connection. The value of thisparameter is contained in SIB1 messages.GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D30, D60, D180, D600,D1200, D1800Unit: sActual Value Range: 0, 10, 30, 60, 180, 600, 1200, 1800Default Value: D0



209

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

T315 BSC6910

SETUCONNMODETIMER



Meaning: Timer 315. T315 starts when the criteria forradio link synchronization failure are fulfilled and onlyRBs associated with T315 exist. T315 stops when thecell update procedure is completed. The protocol-defined default value is 180. When a UE in theCELL_DCH state experiences a radio linksynchronization failure, the UE starts T315 or T314 andsends a CELL UPDATE message. Before T314 or T315expires, the UE resends the CELL UPDATE messageif radio link reconfiguration through the CELLUPDATE CONFIRM message fails. This provides anopportunity for radio link reconfiguration, which isassociated with T302 and N302. It is recommended thatT315 be set to a value greater than the product of T302and N302. The smaller the value of T315 is, the higherthe call drop rate of the corresponding service is. WhenT314 expires and the UE is performing a CS service, orT315 expires and the UE is performing a PS service, theRNC releases the RRC connection. The value of thisparameter is contained in SIB1 messages.GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D30, D60, D180, D600,D1200, D1800Unit: sActual Value Range: 0, 10, 30, 60, 180, 600, 1200, 1800Default Value: D0

RrcSecrtModeCmpTmr

BSC6900

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-010101


Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response tosecurity mode command from UE in security modeprocedure. Disuse Statement:The value range of"RrcSecrtModeCmpTmr" is 1 to 10000 in the currentversion. In a later version, the value range changes into100 to 10000. In the current version, if you enter a valuewithin the range of 1 to 100 including 1, this value canstill be synchronized and issued but the system regardsthe value as 5000, the recommended value. Therefore,you are advised not to enter a value smaller than 100.GUI Value Range: 1~10000Unit: msActual Value Range: 1~10000Default Value: 5000



210

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RrcSecrtModeCmpTmr

BSC6910

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-010101


Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response tosecurity mode command from UE in security modeprocedure. Disuse Statement:The value range of"RrcSecrtModeCmpTmr" is 1 to 10000 in the currentversion. In a later version, the value range changes into100 to 10000. In the current version, if you enter a valuewithin the range of 1 to 100 including 1, this value canstill be synchronized and issued but the system regardsthe value as 5000, the recommended value. Therefore,you are advised not to enter a value smaller than 100.GUI Value Range: 1~10000Unit: msActual Value Range: 1~10000Default Value: 5000

RsvU32Para4

BSC6900

SETUALGORSVPARA

None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 para 4. The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change request use.Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily inpatch versions and will be replaced with a newparameter in later versions. The new parameter IDreflects the parameter function. Therefore, thisparameter is not recommended for the configurationinterface.GUI Value Range: 0~4294967295Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~4294967295Default Value: 0

RsvU32Para4

BSC6910

SETUALGORSVPARA

None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 para 4. The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change request use.Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily inpatch versions and will be replaced with a newparameter in later versions. The new parameter IDreflects the parameter function. Therefore, thisparameter is not recommended for the configurationinterface.GUI Value Range: 0~4294967295Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~4294967295Default Value: 0



211

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RsvSwitch5

BSC6900

SETUALGORSVPARA

None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 5.The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further changerequest use. Disuse statement: This parameter is usedtemporarily in patch versions and will be replaced witha new parameter in later versions. The new parameterID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, thisparameter is not recommended for the configurationinterface.GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT2,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT3,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT4,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT5,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT6,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT7,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT8,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT9,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT10,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT11,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT12,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT13,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT14,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT15,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT16,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT17,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT18,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT19,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT20,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT21,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT22,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT23,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT24,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT25,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT26,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT27,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT28,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT29,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT30,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT31,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT32Unit: NoneActual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT2,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT3,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT4,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT5,



212

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT6,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT7,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT8,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT9,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT10,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT11,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT12,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT13,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT14,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT15,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT16,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT17,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT18,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT19,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT20,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT21,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT22,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT23,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT24,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT25,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT26,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT27,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT28,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT29,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT30,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT31,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT32Default Value:RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT1:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT2:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT3:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT4:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT5:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT6:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT7:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT8:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT9:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT10:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT11:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT12:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT13:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT14:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT15:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT16:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT17:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT18:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT19:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT20:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT21:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT22:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT23:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT24:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT25:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT26:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT



213

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

27:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT28:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT29:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT30:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT31:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT32:1



214

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RsvSwitch5

BSC6910

SETUALGORSVPARA

None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 5.The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further changerequest use. Disuse statement: This parameter is usedtemporarily in patch versions and will be replaced witha new parameter in later versions. The new parameterID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, thisparameter is not recommended for the configurationinterface.GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT2,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT3,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT4,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT5,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT6,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT7,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT8,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT9,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT10,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT11,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT12,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT13,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT14,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT15,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT16,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT17,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT18,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT19,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT20,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT21,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT22,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT23,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT24,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT25,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT26,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT27,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT28,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT29,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT30,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT31,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT32Unit: NoneActual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT2,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT3,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT4,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT5,



215

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT6,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT7,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT8,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT9,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT10,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT11,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT12,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT13,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT14,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT15,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT16,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT17,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT18,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT19,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT20,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT21,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT22,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT23,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT24,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT25,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT26,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT27,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT28,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT29,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT30,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT31,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT32Default Value:RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT1:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT2:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT3:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT4:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT5:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT6:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT7:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT8:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT9:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT10:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT11:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT12:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT13:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT14:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT15:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT16:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT17:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT18:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT19:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT20:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT21:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT22:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT23:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT24:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT25:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT26:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT



216

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

27:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT28:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT29:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT30:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT31:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT32:1



217

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RsvSwitch

BSC6900


WRFD-020500

Enhanced FastDormancy

Meaning: Reserved Switch. The para reserved forfurther change request use. Disuse statement: Thisparameter is used temporarily in patch versions and willbe replaced with a new parameter in later versions. Thenew parameter ID reflects the parameter function.Therefore, this parameter is not recommended for theconfiguration interface.GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT1,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT2,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT3,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT4,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT5,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT6,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT7,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT8,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT9,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT10,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT11,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT12,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT13,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT14,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT15,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT16,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT17,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT18,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT19,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT20,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT21,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT22,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT23,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT24,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT25,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT26,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT27,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT28,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT29,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT30,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT31,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT32Unit: NoneActual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT1,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT2,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT3,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT4,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT5,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT6,



218

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT7,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT8,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT9,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT10,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT11,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT12,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT13,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT14,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT15,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT16,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT17,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT18,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT19,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT20,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT21,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT22,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT23,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT24,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT25,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT26,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT27,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT28,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT29,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT30,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT31,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT32Default Value:RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT2:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT3:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT4:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT5:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT6:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT7:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT8:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT9:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT10:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT12:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT13:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT15:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT16:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT17:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT18:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT19:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT20:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT21:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT22:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT23:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT24:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT25:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT26:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT27:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT28:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT29:



219

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT30:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT31:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT32:0



220

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RsvSwitch

BSC6910


WRFD-020500

Enhanced FastDormancy

Meaning: Reserved Switch. The para reserved forfurther change request use. Disuse statement: Thisparameter is used temporarily in patch versions and willbe replaced with a new parameter in later versions. Thenew parameter ID reflects the parameter function.Therefore, this parameter is not recommended for theconfiguration interface.GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT1,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT2,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT3,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT4,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT5,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT6,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT7,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT8,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT9,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT10,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT11,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT12,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT13,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT14,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT15,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT16,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT17,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT18,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT19,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT20,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT21,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT22,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT23,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT24,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT25,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT26,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT27,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT28,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT29,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT30,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT31,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT32Unit: NoneActual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT1,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT2,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT3,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT4,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT5,



221

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT6,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT7,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT8,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT9,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT10,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT11,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT12,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT13,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT14,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT15,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT16,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT17,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT18,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT19,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT20,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT21,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT22,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT23,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT24,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT25,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT26,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT27,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT28,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT29,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT30,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT31,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT32Default Value:RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT2:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT3:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT4:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT5:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT6:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT7:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT8:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT9:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT10:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT12:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT13:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT15:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT16:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT17:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT18:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT19:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT20:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT21:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT22:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT23:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT24:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT25:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT26:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT27:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT28:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT29



222

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT30:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT31:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT32:0

NoDiscardMaxDAT

BSC6900

ADDUTYPRABRLCMODUTYPRABRLC

WRFD-020900

LogicalChannelManagement

Meaning: Maximum number of transmissions of a PDUbefore the RLC entity is reset. This parameter isapplicable to only the AM RLC entity whose"AMRlcDiscardMode" is set to NO_DISCARD. In thismode, the RLC entity will be directly reset if the numberof retransmissions of an SDU reaches the value definedby this parameter. The number of retransmissions at theRLC layer increases when the Uu interface signalquality deteriorates. In this situation, set the parameterto a large value. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.322.GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8,D9, D10, D15, D20, D25, D30, D35, D40Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20,25, 30, 35, 40Default Value: None

NoDiscardMaxDAT

BSC6910

ADDUTYPRABRLCMODUTYPRABRLC

WRFD-020900

LogicalChannelManagement

Meaning: Maximum number of transmissions of a PDUbefore the RLC entity is reset. This parameter isapplicable to only the AM RLC entity whose"AMRlcDiscardMode" is set to NO_DISCARD. In thismode, the RLC entity will be directly reset if the numberof retransmissions of an SDU reaches the value definedby this parameter. The number of retransmissions at theRLC layer increases when the Uu interface signalquality deteriorates. In this situation, set the parameterto a large value. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.322.GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8,D9, D10, D15, D20, D25, D30, D35, D40Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20,25, 30, 35, 40Default Value: None



223

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

AMRlcDiscardMode

BSC6900

ADDUTYPSRBRLCMODUTYPSRBRLC

WRFD-140103WRFD-020900

CallReestablishmentLogicalChannelManagement

Meaning: Whether the AM RLC entity discards theService Data Units (SDUs) that need to be sent and, ifso, the discard mode. This parameter is applicable onlyin the RLC AM mode. 1. If this parameter is set toTIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLING,timer-based SDU discarding is triggered. Whenreceiving an SDU from upper layers, the TX end startsthe timer for discarding SDUs. If the timer expires, theTX end discards this SDU. At the same time, it sends aMove Receiving Window (MRW) command to the RXend, indicating the discard, to update the RX window.In this mode, "ExplicitTimerDiscard", "ExplicitTi-merMRW", and "ExplicitMaxMRW" need to be set. 2.If this parameter is set toDISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMIS-SIONS, SDU discarding based on the maximumnumber of retransmissions is triggered. If the number oftransmissions of a PDU exceeds the number specifiedby "MaxDAT", the TX end discards the correspondingSDU. At the same time, it sends an MRW command tothe RX end, indicating this discard, to update the RXwindow. In this mode, "MaxDAT", "TimerMRW", and"MaxMRW" need to be set. 3. If this parameter is set toNO_DISCARD, the TX end does not discard any SDU.If the number of transmissions of a PDU exceeds apreset value, the AM RLC entity will be reset. In thismode, "NoDiscardMaxDAT" needs to be set. For detailsabout this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.322. Some RLCSDUs may be discarded and so results in signalingpacket losses if this parameter is set toTIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLINGor DISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMIS-SIONS. Therefore, these values are not recommended.This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modifythis parameter, contact Huawei Customer ServiceCenter for technical support.GUI Value Range:TIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLING,DISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMIS-SIONS, NO_DISCARDUnit: NoneActual Value Range:TIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLING,DISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMIS-SIONS, NO_DISCARD



224

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

Default Value: None



225

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

AMRlcDiscardMode

BSC6910

ADDUTYPSRBRLCMODUTYPSRBRLC

WRFD-140103WRFD-020900

CallReestablishmentLogicalChannelManagement

Meaning: Whether the AM RLC entity discards theService Data Units (SDUs) that need to be sent and, ifso, the discard mode. This parameter is applicable onlyin the RLC AM mode. 1. If this parameter is set toTIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLING,timer-based SDU discarding is triggered. Whenreceiving an SDU from upper layers, the TX end startsthe timer for discarding SDUs. If the timer expires, theTX end discards this SDU. At the same time, it sends aMove Receiving Window (MRW) command to the RXend, indicating the discard, to update the RX window.In this mode, "ExplicitTimerDiscard", "ExplicitTi-merMRW", and "ExplicitMaxMRW" need to be set. 2.If this parameter is set toDISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMIS-SIONS, SDU discarding based on the maximumnumber of retransmissions is triggered. If the number oftransmissions of a PDU exceeds the number specifiedby "MaxDAT", the TX end discards the correspondingSDU. At the same time, it sends an MRW command tothe RX end, indicating this discard, to update the RXwindow. In this mode, "MaxDAT", "TimerMRW", and"MaxMRW" need to be set. 3. If this parameter is set toNO_DISCARD, the TX end does not discard any SDU.If the number of transmissions of a PDU exceeds apreset value, the AM RLC entity will be reset. In thismode, "NoDiscardMaxDAT" needs to be set. For detailsabout this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.322. Some RLCSDUs may be discarded and so results in signalingpacket losses if this parameter is set toTIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLINGor DISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMIS-SIONS. Therefore, these values are not recommended.This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modifythis parameter, contact Huawei Customer ServiceCenter for technical support.GUI Value Range:TIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLING,DISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMIS-SIONS, NO_DISCARDUnit: NoneActual Value Range:TIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLING,DISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMIS-SIONS, NO_DISCARD



226

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

Default Value: None

HoAsuTmr

BSC6900

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-140103WRFD-020203WRFD-020202

CallReestablishmentInterRNCSoftHandoverIntraRNCSoftHandover

Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response to activeset update in soft handover procedure. DisuseStatement:The value range of "HoAsuTmr" is 1 to300000 in the current version. In a later version, thevalue range changes into 100 to 300000. In the currentversion, if you enter a value within the range of 1 to 100including 1, this value can still be synchronized andissued but the system regards the value as 5000, therecommended value. Therefore, you are advised not toenter a value smaller than 100.GUI Value Range: 1~300000Unit: msActual Value Range: 1~300000Default Value: 5000

HoAsuTmr

BSC6910

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-140103WRFD-020203WRFD-020202

CallReestablishmentInterRNCSoftHandoverIntraRNCSoftHandover

Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response to activeset update in soft handover procedure. DisuseStatement:The value range of "HoAsuTmr" is 1 to300000 in the current version. In a later version, thevalue range changes into 100 to 300000. In the currentversion, if you enter a value within the range of 1 to 100including 1, this value can still be synchronized andissued but the system regards the value as 5000, therecommended value. Therefore, you are advised not toenter a value smaller than 100.GUI Value Range: 1~300000Unit: msActual Value Range: 1~300000Default Value: 5000



227

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

HoPhychRecfgTmr

BSC6900

SETUSTATETIMER


CallReestablishmentIntraFrequency HardHandoverInterFrequency HardHandover BasedonCoverageInterFrequency HardHandover Basedon DLQoS

Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response tophysical channel reconfiguration in hard handoverprocedure. Disuse Statement:The value range of"HoPhychRecfgTmr" is 1 to 300000 in the currentversion. In a later version, the value range changes into100 to 300000. In the current version, if you enter avalue within the range of 1 to 100 including 1, this valuecan still be synchronized and issued but the systemregards the value as 5000, the recommended value.Therefore, you are advised not to enter a value smallerthan 100.GUI Value Range: 1~300000Unit: msActual Value Range: 1~300000Default Value: 5000



228

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

HoPhychRecfgTmr

BSC6910

SETUSTATETIMER


CallReestablishmentIntraFrequency HardHandoverInterFrequency HardHandover BasedonCoverageInterFrequency HardHandover Basedon DLQoS

Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response tophysical channel reconfiguration in hard handoverprocedure. Disuse Statement:The value range of"HoPhychRecfgTmr" is 1 to 300000 in the currentversion. In a later version, the value range changes into100 to 300000. In the current version, if you enter avalue within the range of 1 to 100 including 1, this valuecan still be synchronized and issued but the systemregards the value as 5000, the recommended value.Therefore, you are advised not to enter a value smallerthan 100.GUI Value Range: 1~300000Unit: msActual Value Range: 1~300000Default Value: 5000

RbRecfgRspTmr

BSC6900

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-010101WRFD-140103


Meaning: A timer used to wait for the RBreconfiguration response from UE in the RB procedure.Refer to the Note.GUI Value Range: 300~300000Unit: msActual Value Range: 300~300000Default Value: 5000

RbRecfgRspTmr

BSC6910

SETUSTATETIMER

WRFD-010101WRFD-140103


Meaning: A timer used to wait for the RBreconfiguration response from UE in the RB procedure.Refer to the Note.GUI Value Range: 300~300000Unit: msActual Value Range: 300~300000Default Value: 5000



229

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

N302 BSC6900

SETUCONNMODETIMER

WRFD-010901WRFD-010902WRFD-010101WRFD-140103WRFD-010801WRFD-010802

IntraRNCURAUpdateInterRNCURAUpdate3GPPR9SpecificationsCallReestablishmentIntraRNCCellUpdateInterRNCCellUpdate

Meaning: Maximum number of retransmissions of theCELL UPDATE/URA UPDATE message. Theprotocol-defined default value is 3. The value of thisparameter is contained in SIB1 messages.GUI Value Range: 0~7Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~7Default Value: 3



230

Parameter ID

NE MMLCommand

FeatureID

FeatureName

Description

N302 BSC6910

SETUCONNMODETIMER

WRFD-010901WRFD-010902WRFD-010101WRFD-140103WRFD-010801WRFD-010802

IntraRNCURAUpdateInterRNCURAUpdate3GPPR9SpecificationsCallReestablishmentIntraRNCCellUpdateInterRNCCellUpdate

Meaning: Maximum number of retransmissions of theCELL UPDATE/URA UPDATE message. Theprotocol-defined default value is 3. The value of thisparameter is contained in SIB1 messages.GUI Value Range: 0~7Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~7Default Value: 3



231

12 Counters

Table 12-1 Counter description

Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription

NE Feature ID Feature Name

73426799 VS.AttRlReEst.CS

Number of CallReestablishmentAttempts for CSServices for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-140103 CallReestablishment

73426800 VS.SuccRlReEst.CS

Number ofSuccessful CallReestablishments for CS Servicesfor Cell


73426804 VS.AttRlReEst.PS

Number of CallReestablishmentAttempts for PSServices for Cell


73426805 VS.SuccRlReEst.PS

Number ofSuccessful CallReestablishments for PS Servicesfor Cell


73428903 VS.RAB.Rel.CS.CNInit.After-ReEst

Number ofTimes CNInitiates CSRAB ReleasesAfter RLReestablishmentand BeforeTimer Expires


WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 12 Counters


232

Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription

NE Feature ID Feature Name

73428904 VS.RAB.Rel.CS.CNInit.DuringReEst

Number ofTimes CNInitiates CSRAB ReleasesDuring RLReestablishment


73426799 VS.AttRlReEst.CS

Number of CallReestablishmentAttempts for CSServices for Cell


73426800 VS.SuccRlReEst.CS

Number ofSuccessful CallReestablishments for CS Servicesfor Cell


73426804 VS.AttRlReEst.PS

Number of CallReestablishmentAttempts for PSServices for Cell


73426805 VS.SuccRlReEst.PS

Number ofSuccessful CallReestablishments for PS Servicesfor Cell


73428903 VS.RAB.Rel.CS.CNInit.After-ReEst

Number ofTimes CNInitiates CSRAB ReleasesAfter RLReestablishmentand BeforeTimer Expires


73428904 VS.RAB.Rel.CS.CNInit.DuringReEst

Number ofTimes CNInitiates CSRAB ReleasesDuring RLReestablishment


WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 12 Counters


233

13 Glossary

For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 13 Glossary


234

14 Reference Documents

1. 3GPP TS 25.331, "Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification"2. 3GPP TS 25.214, "Physical layer procedures (FDD)"3. 3GPP TS 25.331, "Re-establishment timer"4. 3GPP TS 25.331, "RLC re-establishment or inter-RAT change"

WCDMA RANCall Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 14 Reference Documents


235

call reestablishment(ran16.0 02)

Documents

huawei trademarks

huawei proprietary

huawei industrial basebantian

thepurchase scope

usage scope

base station types

trade names

respective holders